uttarakalamrita - kalidasa

7/29/2019 Uttarakalamrita - Kalidasa

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/uttarakalamrita-kalidasa 1/166

UTTARAKALAMRITA(OF KALIDASA)

•

T ransla ted byS.S.8areen

SAGAR PUBLICATIONS72.JANPATH

YEDMANSIONNEW DELHI· iloool

Tel: 3320648Fax: 99 (011) 463uU



CONTENTS

KANDA 1

Sec. Subject Page

I. Time of Birth , Planets and Bhavas 1

2. Computation of Several kinds of Strength 10

3. Length of Life 234 . Planets in the Various Bhavas with their erfects 285. Kark.alva of Bhavas and Planets 516. The Oasas and thei r effects 70

7. On Queries 88

8. Miscellaneous 96

KANDA [ I (105 SLOKAS) 118



Introduction

Uttara kalamrita isan invaluablecontribution in the field of Astrologyby the poet Kalidasa. Some authorities have expressed Iheirdoubts about

lhe authorship inspile of the referrences in the first three Slokas aboul thepoet and the king Vikramaditya and claim that th e text hasbcencomposcd

by some Astrologer of South India. Whatever may be the tru th, the fact

remains th at it is a praiseworthy compilation of Astrological findings onthe various aspeas of human life pertaining to a na tive and makes the

s tudy both instructive and profitable to all-whether casual readers orsch0 \;:J rs .

This Book is divided in to two Kanda : the first consists of8 sect ionsdealing with Time of Binh, Planets, Bhavas, Strength of Planets. Length

of Life, Planetary effects inseveral Bhnvas, $atum and Jupitercombiningto make the philosopher, Function (Karkatva) ofBhavas and Planets (thispart is unparellel), Dasa Periods and on Queries; the second kanda deals

with issues like the Sraddha ceremonies, rituals and the adoption ofsons.

As no one Book is enough and complete in itselfand a good collectionof books on anyone sub ject is essential, this Uttarakalamrita willcertainly make a wonderful companion of the reader, whatever else he

might have studied. Remember in the absence of a Guru, books are thebest Guide. Such a Guide will be the UHarakalamrita.

My thanks are due to Narinder SagarorSagar Publications in bringingout this book so suf"'ttSSfu lly.

B-4 South Extn - INew Delhi - 49

ISIJ3O , I993

SS.Sareen

• II d'tl(iflli.Wld'l, II

UTTARAKALAMRITA

.A ... ""-."IfW<I je'lT''1<1{{l;IU(t'l;jit<l: @::

;jiT,ft{<qflt,,' " 1 ! f . R I ~ R ; f t q ~ ~ ~ ' I . I~ ¥ I l I T ' I ' i \ ' l ~ d ~ \ ' I " " ~ ! I I i 1 f i l [ < l " ' \ l f f t " ' I f ~ ' l 1 " " o r t "'il: q'll'ftWl'l. II II

K A N D A I

Section J. Time of Birth, Planets, Bhavas, etc.Sioka-l. I bow to the Gajanao Shagwan Ganesb, the son

of the Goddess Bhavani. whose feet arc adored before com-mencing any auspicious work by Gods like Brahma, Vishnu,

Mahesh and Indra; who is distinguished by bolding in his four

hands a Pasa (a weapon) a lotus (flower), symbol of peace andLaddo (sweet) gleaming and who protects and looks after the

Suryavrata Pratapi Raja Viknmadilya.

2

"IlIfll"''l>i' " If f i ~ t ~ ~ ~ I I 1 ~ ( ' I ~ a I tito\tllfi!;llillll1i'l1 ...."d • II

~ ' ~ l I I i ' ":Irq

~ ~ ! I I UIl'I': •! l 1 ' ' " S ! l r . . ~ I I ' ' ! l l q ~ ( ~ : \ ! l 1 ~ . . t < . A I

u q f U t a ~ " " l ' f . ~ t ' m ~ uw lkoiRelWt'll'll'f. i j ~ q < l l ~ ~ q l ulft: II V Ii

Sloka-4. The birth lime of t i l t 'ric pn d . OJ hps

etc. since the Sun-Rise shouk! be ,rrin:d at \ILly - l-rately

with tbe help o f tbe gnomonic (SaD __ tbe. S " did) st dow

or the otber appliances. Also find oat tfX length of tbe day and

3

night on the day of birth. Ascertain the Ishla Lagna from the

correct position of too Sun in relation to tbe First Point of Aries. .

Thereafter, with the help of the preceptor, delineate tbe otberplanets mathematically according to tbe 'Drik' system oC cal·

culation in their Rasi and Amsas as in the zodiac. So should the

wise Astrologer cbeerfuUy compute the Bbava-spashta alongwith the Bbava-Sandhis. •

•

~ I ~ ~ ~ I ~ $ r : i l l (4) !lan: l i , q l ~ I I \ ' l F ~ ~ -f,;S! ~ q ' l l l l { l f ! l ~ ~ ~ l!lIOl'qil ~ ~ a : I

q { \ < f t ~ ~ ! i r e ; ' f . I ~ ~ ' l ; I l ' ~ l f ' i l (225) ~ ' I < l l . r U I ~ r : ( I 5 ) t ; I ! J ' I 1 l (30 ) ' I ~ ( I J 1 ~ " q l : (45) qfe'l (60 )

~ I " , ~ q : (75) \I ' \ 11

;)tll<ll Ill'll!: l I i q l ' i l ( ~ ' { ~ ~ " I I r ~ i I ~ : ~ a l q t R { f ~ ~ t ~ q ~ ~ ~ q l ' ; " ~ ~ r 'II q ~ < I . I

a ' i l i l : f u ~ ~ l " URq'l(l'il'il<l.m'lllau." ~ I ,,;q ~ q l " l ~ q t , , ( \ f u q ~ ~ n ~ ' \ 1 i i f \ l ~ l ' i l ~ ~ < I . \I \I

Sloka·S,6. (8) Nakshatra Suddhi : Multiply tbe Ghati-

kas and Vighatikas of the Ishla Kala by 4 and divide the prod

uct by 9. The remainder should be counted beginning with Aswini,

Magha or MooIa in whatsoever Patyaya it falls. The 27 Naksba

lras are distributed in 3 Paryayas consisting of 1st 10 9th, 10th

to 18th and 19th to 27th. This will give the Janma Nakshatm.

Example: Suppose a native was born on 6.3.1980 at Ishta Ghatika.

56.12. Therefore,

(56.12) x 4 = 224.48 = 24x9 + 8.48.9 9

Here the remainder is

8. Nakshalra which may be Aslesha, lyestha or Revati.

(b) Man- Woman Janma Suddhi : Convert the Ishta

Ghatikas into Palas. Divide the same by 225. I f the remainder

is :

4

0 to IS •••.•• birtb will be • male

16 to 4S •••••• - do - a female

46 to 90 •• •• •• • do - a male

91 to ISO •••••• - do- a femalelSI to 22S •••••• - do - a male

These five groups represent. in their order male, fe

male. ma.le, female and male . respectively.

Example :Ishta Ghatikas are 56.12, i.e., 56x60+12 = 3372+ 225 = 14x22S+222 Therefore, the birth will be that of a male.

(c) Lagna Suddhi : Flnd out the Rasi occupied by

the Moon and Mandi; and also their Navamsas. The native will

have his birtb either in the Rasi occupied by Mandi or the Moon

whichever be stronger; or in the Lagna Rasi which will be 7th,

5th or the 9th from either of them. I f instead of these two Rasis,

the Navamsa Rasi owned by Mandi or tbe Moon be stronger,

tben the Janma Lagna will be in the stronger Navamsa Rasi orthe 7th, 5th or the 9th from it.

cr. PbaJadeepika m-16.

Notes : In lhis sloka an effort has been made to arriveat Janma Nakshatra. Jaruna Lagna and the sex (male or female)of the native with the belp of Ishl. Ghatika and Vighatika.

Knowledge of the sex of the native can also be gained throughPranpada. Distribute the 27 Nakshtras in 3 Paryaya of 9 Naksha·

tras each. Aswini to Aslesba should make the 1st Paryaya; Magba

to Jyestba, the 2nd and the 3rd should comprise of Moola to

Revati. When the Ishta kala is multiplied by 4 and divided by

9, the remainder will give the Janma Nakshatra . This will also

tell about the accuracy of the Ishta kala. When the Janma Naksbatra

discovered through this Paddbati is identical with the one indicatedby the Rasi occupied by the Moon in a nativity, the Ishta kala

should be taken as correct, otherwise some addition or deduc·

tions ",;,ilI have to be made in it. Similarly, the correctness of

the Janma Lagna should also be verified in this manner.

'Ill;: 111111: <101 ~ q ) ;;0 a ' l ~ " q q l ; ;I1II,!!!!,! d l r ~ m { l f o . . m : ~ I " " ~ I i i l i i q ; ~ : ; r : I

nit ~ 1 " , , { : q ~ I " 1 ~ i l " l S . ~ q " ! d t IIi\'~ i l i I Q " I f . l " ' I R , ; a R ~ U " , ~ ' ! l U l l : lS'1"'lll

Localing Mandi and Gulika -

\I IS \I

5

Sioka-? On the week da ys reckoned from Sunday on

wards multiply the Dinmana (length of the day from Sun Rise

to Sun Set) respectively by Charu (26), Khari (22), lata (18),

Varo (14), Nata (10). Tanu (6) and RooD (2) and divide tbe

product by Khanga (30) and the quotient arrived at in Gbatikas

and Palas etc., taken as lsbta, oompule the Lagna. The Lagnadiscovered will be Mandi Sphuta. The Eighth part of the Dirunana

or tbal of the Ratrimana is tbe period of each planet. When tbe

birth is during the day, the lords of the 1st seven Muhurtas be

ginning with Sunda y onwards will respectively be the Sun, the

Moon, Mars, Mercury, Jupiter, Venus and Saturn.

Here the words Cha m, Khari etc. have been interpretedwith tbe help of K.atpayadi system.

3 l ' ~ f ~ j t ft f,\tl>.mi! ! J ~ i l i l ~ m o t m ~ r l \ I T ~ ~ q 9 ; ! " I ~ a wi r , t o ~ a , , ~ t t . I

~ I a f " ; ; : ; ! ! ~ I , ! I ~ f l I l 1 l < ' l l f l i ' ~ ~ 1 ! . < i af.l-

" i o ; : ~ : f<f,<! q. a f . l ~ " a ' { I f . l ~ ~ ' \I <: \I

Sioka-S . 1be 8th Muhurata has no lo rd . In the case of

day births the portion belonging to Saturn is called Gulika . In

the case of night births, the lords of the lst 7 Muhuratas will be

in the same order as sialed above, but the lord of the lsi seven

Muhuralas are reckoned nol from the lo rd of the week day

chosen, but from that of the 5th from it. Here also the portionbelonging to Saturn will be taken as that of Gutika. But Gutika

will be from tbe last portion of Saturn Viz., al the end of Ghatikas

10, 6, 2, 26, 22, 18 and 14 respectively.

Gbulika and Mandi are taken as two sons of Saturn and

according to Mandavya Rishi they are most harmful: wherever

they are posited they destroy the effects of that Bhavl! completely. In some old Text-books they have been accepted as



6

one and the same thing; and it is a popular view. Bul the autborhere on the basis of Rishi Mandavya's view has maintained

their plurality. Tberefore, to arrive at Mandi multiply the

Ghatikas of the lshta kala by tbe number assigned to the weekday and divide the product by 30. The Ghatika-Palas thus

obtained should be used to fix Mandi in the Rasi, Amsa. Kala

and Villala the same way as is done 10 place tbe Lagn• .

The reader should remember about Gulika that the portion

owned by Saturn. on the week-day of the birth, belongs to Gulika.

For this purpose, divide the Dinmana in eight-equal parts andthe lord of each Maburata will be computed from the week day

of the birth. The portion allowed 10 Saturn will belong to Gulilea.

In the case of night birth divide the Ratrimana in eight equal

parts and count the Stb Muhurata from tbe ,week-day of the

birth and find out tbe portion belonging to Saturn, that will be

called Gulika. In short, note the week-day of the birth and

divide its Ratrimana or Dinmana by eight. The eighth part willbe one Muhul3ta. In the day birth the lord of the first Mahurata

will be denoted by the planet owning the week day of the birth

and in the case of night-birtb it will be the 5tb from tbe lord of

the w e e k ~ a y Write this Maburata in one place and count the

position of Saturn; such as, Sunday as 7th. Tuesday as Stb and

Wednesday as tbe 4th etc. In the night-birth count from the Sth

planet denoted by the week-day. Note the position of Saturn.

This should be multiplied by the 8th portion of the Ratriman.

The product will give tbe Ishta of Gulika. Compute with tbis100 Lagna, it will give Gulika Sphuta Lagna or Gulika Sphuta.

Example. Gulika is to be found in the case of Daybirth on Monday, Oinaman is 32 Ghatikas.

1berefore, 32 + 8 = 4 Ghatikas for one Mahurata.Count upto Saturday from Monday. It is 6th (in order).

Hence 4 x 6 = 24 Ghalikas. This is GuHka's Ishta Kala

as desired. This will belp posting GuJika the way the Lagna is

computed.

In the case of Night birth the position will be :

7

10 Gbatika aftcr Sunset

6 Gb.t ik. after Su ...etT huA t , 2 Gbatika aftcr Sunset

o. WMn-sda,. 26 Gbatika after Sunseto. "I111"'$da, 22 Gbatika after Sunset

0 - F."' ') 18 Ghatikas after Sunset

o . Saluday 14 Ghalikas after Sunset.

I t may aM be 7 :4 tIIId: the exad position of Mandi orGolih . . UJ' Wy .,.., " acver the same.

'1,"",[' ~ 1 1 r . ~ ~ ) : .

'1\ '1<i'isiil 'fft ~ i \ l ! , ~ 'lil qf!llit I

. . q l " l q ' l 1 ' ~ 1 . ; R iII....I\{l,.-q!

alI+ti,¥q),aqlij"{')j . I l r ~ ~ ' l I P ' ... . . J phNr Room direction

$a."'. 9. I f tile " i. of tile native is in the Cancer, Aries.

Srotph. I iI_. 01" " " • - lap, the bed of lbe Woman (inlabou.r) will be in the Fa$ ', . portion of tbe bouse; when it is

leo 01' 0 .... _. . . . i l .Z be Southern portion; should it be

TaUJU5, i t _ .._del be ia die We item portion and; if it is Virgo,

the birth of the native will takepllC# ia the Mule E ll p . t• ••oflhe bouse. But when the Ascending

Haw'" is 0 . 6c Lagna. the direction of tbe labour

loom s' ' Id be: as jpfj . cl '4 by thai N<j:vamsa Rasi only. The

ditc,-,ir. of die fat.oetr • • sboa1d be predicted according asthe Lapa 01" tk Had -. is mooger of the two (in the aforesaid !DInA-_). In (111M IF : • i f the Navamsa belongs to Can-

cer, Aries. de. Mm. Ik ..... , room will be in lbe Easl; if ilis of 1"1) or ell_· . •. . . ill ..... be in lhe South; if Taurus, il will

be in Ibc Wa.1 put am; i f i t is Virgo, Sagittarius, Gemini or

Pisces ill: wiD be in * 8 M1h side of the house.

r i ~ n , l '1 'fl ! I ' r . ~ " •

, ...,q Ib'l« 'I'll fql: ~ ' i l . r ~ : I

8

31li l 1 l " l . , a S > t ~ ' S [ I I . , a t , , , ~ ~ ijfta ~ ~ q f a : f < 1 ~ ~ "'ill ~ f l . f u : ' ~ " I ' " II! 0 II

Father at Birth Time

Sloka·10 When the Lagoa is not aspected by the Moon

and the SUD is posited in the 81h or the 9th Bhava: if the SUD

occupies a movable sign, the father will be in another village;

if it is in a fixed sign, be will be in his own village; if it is in a

dual sign, the father will be on his way home. When the Moon

is associated with malefic planets, the mother has to endure

much distress and pain.

o Notes: Remember tbe signs from Aries to Pisces

(tumwise) are movable (Char;' fixed (Sthira) and dual (Dwes

wabbava):

Movable Fixed DualAries Taurus Gemini

Cancer -Leo VirgoLibra Scorpio Sagittarius

Capricorn Aquarius Pisces

'The Sun is the Karaka of the father. When the Sun, Kar

aka of fatber, occupies a movable sign the father should be

somewhere far on the move; if he is in a fixed sign, be (father)

should be at home and; if he is in a dual sign, the father will be

somewhere on the way.

In the same way, the Moon being the Karaka of mother

denotes for the position of the mother. When the Moon con·

joins evil planets the mother has to suffer at the labour time and

this suffering will be in proportion to the evil character of theassociating planets.

'"' .... .... .i:'lN,;Q(tl1: ~ ! l . 1 < 1 ' 1 . ~ 1 1 ' il .,"'1

" ' ~ I ~ i : ' l , , > i \ ~ , q ~ l1l\oca1 '" i{l.n ~ l \ 1 I31m: WOt3l1'lll;a:;JRlf.I'iiI'Rr f?;t\\;J1l '!iqlit

~ ; i I : ' 1 1 1 f ? ; ; f f l \ q ~ < ~ . , f ? ; ~ ' ) 1:.R ~ ~ ! R I : II H II



9

About tbe I amp and the Qil in the Labour Room ·

Sioka-ii. 'The number of midwives attending on the woman

in labour will correspond with the number of planets betweenthe l.agna and the Moon. The planets outside the Moon and the

Lagna will denote the number of WQn.en a!tending her withoutthe Chamber. 'The Moon denotes the oil in the Lamp. i.e., quan

tity of oil left in the lamp will correspond with the degrees yet

to be traversed by the Moon in ber sign. The wick of tbe lamp

is to be assessed from the lagna- the portion of the Rising Sign

yet to rise - and that of the Lamp itselr. from the Sun. The lordsof the various directions respectively are the Sun of the East;

Venus. Soulb - East; Mars - South; Rabu, South - West; Saturn,

West; the Moon., North - West, Mercury, North and; Jupiter of

the North - East.

The door of the delivery room will be in the direction

indicated by tbe powerful planets occupying tbe Kendra (Angular)houses or in the absence oC such a position., by tbe strongest of

them (kendra) in the chart.

Notes: These Astrological indications have been devised

in order to check the accuracy of tbe Janma Lagna and the satisraction of tbe parents of the native born. The females present

in tbe Labour Room to help are called midwives. Their numbersbould be devised on tbe basis of the planets being between theLagna and tbe Moon. But remember. if perchance all tbe planets are so placed, do not indicate more tban S to 7 midwives. I f

any planet is witb tbe Moon or in the Lagna. tbe planet in tbeLagna sbould be of bigber degrees tban tbat of tbe Lagna andtbe planet witb the Moon should be of lower degrees tban tbose

of the Moon.

The oil, already. burnt in tbe lamp or is left, is 10 be as

sessed by tbe degrees tbe Moon has traversed in ber sign or yetto traverse. This sounds incongruous in the days of electricity;

but it will be true where tbere is DO electric current availableand people live by oil lamps. The same way tbe direction of tbe

door of tbe labour room should be indicated from the strongestplanet occupying tbe Angular Hom :.f'

10

I I l l 1 ; : : ~ ~ I ~ q : 1 I ! l ~ a l ( O l l ! 1 ~ ~ 1 ' " ~ ~ " , . n " ' < ' f . < ' l ' l 1 ~ 1 ~ I ~ q a " " 1 ~ " ~ j J I " " < ' f . i ! ; . n . , ~ ~ 11 t 11

Sec II. Calculation of tbe several kinds ofstrength, etc.

Sloka-1 All the 12 Rasis (Signs) rise by tum from the

Easl. The first six of these from the Lagna (Ase.) represent the

right side of the native and the same denote the len side of his

wife. In the same manner, the Rasis (rom the 7th upto the Lagna

are his left side and that for the wife are the right side. 1belagna should be taken as life and soul of the native and the

8hava occupied by the Moon as his body. In lhis way these two

Bhavas will denote all about the soul and the body of the native. While reading the birth chart of a native, tbe effects aris

ing out of the several bhavas (whether reckoned from the Lagna

or the Moon) should always be based judiciously on the auspi

cious or otherwise character of the respective houses, theirlords and their Karakas. For example, all about the mother of

the native will be devised from the 4th Bhava, its lord, its Karaka,the Moon and all the benefic/malefic influences falling on them.

In this connection it may be mentioned here that in

Astrology :m e Lagnas are taken into account, viz., the Sun,

the Moon and the Lagna ; out of tbese, Lagna and the Rasioccupied by the Moon deserve special attention. It has been

experienced that in certain cases a study of the nativity proves

more fruitful in considering the respective effects of the vari

ous Bhavas when reckoned from the Moon's position in the

chart rather tban the Ascendent. That is one of the reasons why

tbe Moon Rasi bas been considered as tbe body of tbe Kal

apursha; and a sound mind and a great soul are not possiblewithout a strong body.

•

I I

Cf Chandra Kala Nadi by Dev Keralkar:

Chandra Lagna is body and the Lagna is soul. There

fore, in Astrology results have been devised after examining

the various 8havas from both the Lagnas . 11 is customary in

Northern India to prepare tbe Moon Ascendant Chart also along

with the Lagna Chart when writing the Horoscope.

Along with tbis, the basic principle of predictive Astrology is to examine also the lord of the Shava under considera

tion, its Karab and the Bhava itself. Without this no consid·

eration of a nativity would be commendable.

•

' 1 ~ " " t ' l f . \ ; u fC;<l1'1>{!!'l' I I . q , ~ : ; f t ~ l l < l a : ! J " " ~ I { f , j ' l ' ( i . l 1 I a i l ' l l ~ 1 ~ 1 i I i " ' I ~ I

1 1 I ~ 1 ' 9 . " " ..{ \ " a ~ i ! ~ q . u " ; C : : I ! 3 ~ . ' " aa:

~ . q f . I ~ ~ ' l 1 . t . ' l > t I ~ l r ~ < ! ! ' 1 ; ~ aa: II 1\

'l'!lft:f.r<Iq l l i " I ~ ~ ' I i { \ c : : ; i t ""11 I < l " ,"''liliilr<! f . \ ~ ' 1 l:J'In: < i i < i ( q l ~ C : : " : I

Planet,ry-Frjeodshjp

Sioka 2,15. 'The SUD considers the Moon, Jupiter and Mars

as his friends; the Moon , to the Sun and Mercury, Mars, to the

Sun, the Moon and Jupiter; Mercury, to Venus and the SUIl;

Jupiter, to the Sun, the Moon and Mars; Venus, to Mercury and

Saturn and; Saturn considers Venus and Mercury as his friends.

The Sun looks al Venus and Saturn as his enemies; the Moon

does not look upon any of the planets as his enemies; Ma rs

counts Mercury as his enemy; Mercury, 10 the Moon; Jupiter 1('

Ve nus and Mercury; Venus. to the Sun and the Moon and ; Saturn

tnlats tbe Suo. the Moon and the Mars as his enemies. lbe resl

of the planets are neutrals. Assess the natural and temporary

.friendship between the tw o planets and then arrive at the re·

suits (whetber they are exceedingly friendly or exceedingly

inimical, elc.).



12

Table showing the natural friendship of the Planets

Planet Friend Ne utral Enemy

Ven., Sat.un Jup ., Moo n,Mars MercuryMoon Sun,Mercury

Mars Sun,Moon,Jup.

Mercury Sun,Venus

Jupiter Sun, Moon,Mars

Venus Saturn,MercurySaturn Mercury,Venus

Ven,Mars,.

lup .,Sal-

Sa t. ,Ve nus Mercury

Jup .,Sat. ,Mars Moon

Saturn Mere., Venus

Mars, lup. Sun,MoonJupiter Sun,Moon,Mars

Notes: It is not difficult to arrive at these three results:

Friendship, neutrality or enemity between tbe planets. Exam

ine the position of the Sun. His Moollrikona is Leo. (The Mool

lrikona signs respectively o f the Sun etc. are 5, Z. 1, 6, 9, 7 and

11. A planet's friends are tbe lords of the 2nd, 12th. Stb, 9th,8tb and the 4tb houses from his Moolatrikona Rasi). The 2nd,

12th. 5tb, 9th, 8th and the 4th places from Leo are respectively

Virgo, Cancer, Sagittarious, Aries, Pisces and Scorpio. Aries

is the exaltation sign of the Sun. Their lords respectively are

Mercury, the Moon. Jupiter, Mars, Jupiter and Mars. Singu·

larly they are Mercury, the Moon, Jupiter and Mars . Aries has

been counted twice. Therefore, actually only the 6 houses havebeen 'dealt with. The remaining 6 are Leo, Ubra, Capricorn,

Aquarius, Taurus and Gemini. Their respective lords are thc

Sun, Venus, Saturn, Venus and Mercury. Whcn we oounl Sat·

urn and Venus once only and drop the Sun, we arc len with

Venus, Saturn and Mercury. Compare these with the fanner set

of planets; viz., Mercury, Moon, Jupiter and Mars. Mercury

alone ha s come as a friend and an enemy in both the list. Therefore,

be will remain neutral. Thus Venus and Saturn are left as his

enemies and the Moon, Mars and Jupiter are his friends. Simi·

larly, we can compute with the other planets. This is called

Natural relationship of planets.

Planets occupying the three houses before or after fromany particular planet in the birth chart become the friends of

13

that planet and the rest become bis enemies for the time being.This is called Temporary Friendship or enmity (relationship).Some authorities opine that the planets occupying the exalta

tion sign of a particular planet are also his friends. Combining

the three natural relations with the two temporary ones we get

the 'Panchdha' (five) following types of friendship of the planets:

Alimitm (great friend) Mitra (friend) Sarna (neutral), Salro

(enemy), and Atisatru (great enemy)•

Atimitra

•Atisatru

••

••

Both ways friends;

Both ways enemies;

Sarna •• one way friend and the other,enemy.

ll'q; ~ ' l i ~ q ; t ! J , q ~ R ! ~ l : ~ ' l i l { m ~ " > i \ I F ~ ; ; q l : I f , q ~ : f ' l i ' l l r ~ ' l ~ q l : l 1 I l ~ m ~ ! i j 'l(1\.11 II

i\{1 6111 ~ i l r " " l ~ ' f . f l t l l { f ' l " ~ l r l c i l ~ i ~ " , l q ~ ~ l : I

Planetary Vargas and the MooJalrikona

Sioka 2 Ih, J IhFrom Aries to Pisces respectively the lords

are : Mars, Venus, Mercury, the Moon, the Sun, Mercury, Venus,

Mars, Jupiter, Saturn, Saturn and Jupiter. One complete Vargais called a Bbava or Rasi, half of it is Hora and the 1/3rd part

is called Drekkana. In the same way the l/7th part is Sapta

mamsa; l/9th is Navamsa; 1/12th is Dwadasamsa and; of a Rasi

l/3Oth part is called Trimsamsa.

Notes: These seven divisions of a Bhava are called Saptvar

gas [Bllava, Hora, Drekkana, Saptamamsa, Navamsa, Dwadasamsa and Trimsamsa.l When Saptamamsa is excluded, they

are known .as Shadvargas; and jf Dasamamsa, Shodasamsa and

the Shashtiamsa are added to the Saptavargas they become•

Dasavargas.

fa ~ ' , J F l 1 ~ ' t ' l : ! ~ { " '.1 ' ! ! i l f ; r i l l l l l ~ ' l l : ~ ~ ' l ' f . ~ ~ 1 r"''l'!q' " ' ! f , l i l ' I l ' I i ~ W II \I II

14

> f t ~ " , i : i ; l ' l t "l i ~ q ~ . ~ . f ~ ~ ' l l «;qfit;j ,q>ir r.'I{OIl 'J!.1f.!i)'r

;(i1Il{.I~ ~ ? ! ~ ~ & i "-Irq,!.",,, ' " ~ , ~ > f t h b

.11'!lqf\>:Qij . ~ t " N ~ ' I ~ I ! " m : 1Ii1 11 '\ II

SIokn 3 Ih-S TIle Moolatrikona Rasi from the Sun to Saturn

respectively are : Le o, Taurus, Aries, Virgo, Sagittarius, Libraand Aquarius. Aries, Taurus , Capricorn, Virgo, Canoer, Pisces

and Libra are the enltation Rasis of the SUR , tbe Moon., Mars

Mercury, Jupiter, Venus and Saturn respectively. When a planet

occupies his exaltation Rasi, his Bala (strength) is equivalent

10 1 Rupa (full); in tbe Moolatrikona it reduces to 3/4th of a

Rupa ; in his own Rasi. it becomes 1/2 of a Rupa; in the Rasi of

an Adhimitra it contracts to 3/41h o f . Rupa; in that of his mitra,

it is 1I41h, in that of a Sarna it is 1I81h; in that of a Salm (enemy)

it is l/16th and; in that of an adhisalru it is l/32nd of a Rupa .

Notes: when a planet is in its exaltation part it has the

maximum ba!a (strength) of 60 Sbastiamsas, and at intenncdi

ate positions it is the proportionate value. Look at the follow

mg table:

Exaltation 60 Sbastiamsas

Moolatrikona 45..

Swasbetra 30 ..Adhi mitra 22.5

..

Mitra IS..

Sarna 7.5..

Satru 3.75 ..

Adbisatru 1.875.. ,

q ~ ' l " ' 1 ' i 1 ~ " : i j , i I i { l ~ a " ' ~ ili\'lt

~ l ( . \ ; f i ' 1 ~ i 1 I : ~ ; f t ' l ~ ~ ~ ~ i I i ' l . ~ i ! ~ ' " 1 { . In ~ ~ ~ t ~ ~ f i t f i \ 'l'ii'RI i j

f , , ~ : qlq",rn ' 1 ~ f t ~ ~ ~ ' ! < I l s f i l ' I l ~ ~ i 1 I I { . I ~ I I Sloka-6 The strengtb of a planet, retrograde in his

motion, sbould be taken as s imilar to thai wben be is in his

15

exaltation. When a planet is in association with a retrograde

planet, the strength be gets is 1(2 a Rupa. When a planet ocru

pies hi s exaltation Bhava, but is retrograde in his motion, be

gets only his Neechabala: be is without any strength. Should aplanet be retrograde while in his debilitation Bhava, his strength

is akin to that when in his exaltation. A planet in conjunction

with another planet which is in exaltation gets 1/2 a Rupa.

When he conjoins anotber who is in his debilitation he getsnothing. When a planet associates himself with malefics who

may be his friends, or with henefics who happen to be his enemies,

gelS only 1/2 a Rupa.

"3 l 1 ~ I " q n i { l f " , ' < i 1fiI1;I1: l I . q i l 1 l ~ n i ! l ; ~ l -"'",lil!;{lzt ; 1 ~ 1 :llfil a'll fi9o:: U ~ ' l ~ I

•

Slokn 'Yo The highest exaltation points of the planets reckoned

from the Sun are the 10th, the 3rd, the 28th, the 15th, the Slh,the 27th and the 20th degrees of their several Rasis

J

Sloka -3 1/2-5 Supra; their points or ' Fall' being the corresponding degrees in the 7th 8hava rrom their exaltation ones.

This strengtb or planets" is called one that is derived Crom tbe

Rasis .

Notes: When in a birth chart Saturn is in the 1st Na

vamsa or Libra, his exaltation Navamsa, he will not be givenone Rupa as his strength under 'Navamsa' in the Saptavarga

bala but be will be given amy what is due to him by occupyinga Navamsa belonging to Venus according to the kind of rela

tiqnship he holds with him in the nativity under reference.

3 l l ; ; , ; ' ~ i \ S . " l I " 1 «1I'lt t"ftsll

~ i f ~ " 1 ;1lll"lrn'Q'{1'IR'lt 1 I 1 ~ ' l R I ~ ! l : f ~ ~ \I '3 \I

." 11;'1 f ~ i ! a ~ l , , ~ i l ;11l1Wl<lllli! iJ mllI'l{I,",,1 ~ ' l f ~ H i f . I I I a : . I .

Sioka' 1 J Z ~ 7 1

In an odd Rasi, the Horas or halves of asign belong respectively to the Sun and the Moon. and in an

16

even Rasi, to tbe Moon and the SUD. The Drekkanas (lOrd ota Rasi) are owned by the lords of (I) the lst, 5th and 9th wit,

respect to that Rasi in the case of movable signs; (2) the 9th, b t

and 5th in the case of a fixed sign and (3) the 5th. 9th and lstin the case of a dual sign. The lords of the Saptamsas or l(7tb

portions are in odd Rasis to be reckoned regularly from the lord

thereof, while in the case of an even Rasi they are to be counted

from the lord of the 7th onwards. Next. as to the order of the

Navamsas.

Notes: 1bere are in vogue 3 ways to find out the lord

of tbe three Drekkanas in each Rasi

(1) The lords of the 1st, 5th and the 9th with respect to that

Rasi;(2) They are the lords of :

(a) the 1st, 5th and 9th in the case of a movable sign;(b) tbe 9th, lst and Sth in the case of a fixed sign:

(c) tbe 5th, 9th and 1st in the case 'of a dual sign.(3) The lords of the lsI, 12th and 11th with respect to that

sign.

The (1) one has been propounded by Varahmibira only;

The (2) one is held by the present author.

The (3) method has been recommended by Yavanesb

wara wben attending a query (Prasna).

iii! ffi(1l( ~ , q " " ~ I \ 1 H ~ I ~ " \ i j ' ' f . ' ' I -"'lilA q ~ " , f i l ' l l i l : f < I < ' I % ~ l f f i l \ 1 ~ ~ I ~ " ' , " ,I G I

•

~ l i i t " I ! i l i l q , " f . l q " i l l l ~ " ' f ~ l \ ~ ; ~ : ; I I : 'll'lil "'l\<! , , ~ a ~ " i l l ! l m ! l I " . t W ( q , \ I

Sk*a-7 ~ I h T h e Navamsas (l!9th portions) of Aries, Leo and

Sagittarius belong to the nine Rasis from Aries onwards and Ihey end

wilh pisCes. The owners o flbe Dwadasamsas l / l2th portions ofa Rasi

are 10 be counted from the sign itself. The Trimsamsas (1/3Oth

portions) of a Rasi allotted in an odd Rasi to Mars, Saturn, Jupiter,

Mercury and Venus are respectively in the order of 5,5,8,7 and 5. In

11

the case of an even Rasi Venus, Mercury, Jupite r, Saturn and Mars

have 5, 7, 8, 5 and 5 degrees respectively. The aforesaid seven kinds

of divis ions form the Saptavargas.

o;q(q lI'l;ilf<;ij 3'1'!l'l ~ ( ' ' 1 r a ~ , , ' n ' ' ((-

< l ' { ( ~ ' l r q q ~ ~ a , q f u ' l ~ ( ~ i l i f , ; f t q l i ' f . ' II II

i j ~ " ' n ' l i j " { < l ' l ~ ; r ~ ~ q ij!l'lllW<i

o;qpq f < ' l ~ i t ' l < f t 4 ! l ~ i r ~ ~ ' ! ijRlilrq ISIoka 8 lh-9 [Draw a table and write the names of

all the planets beginning with the Sun on the lOp of it horizon

tally. In the extreme left in a vertical c;olumn nole down the

Ras i, Hora, Drekkana etc the Saptavargas) Enter against the

Rasi under the columns of the 7 planets the strength in terms of

Rupas already obtained for the Rasi. Similarly nole down againstthe other s ix Vargas beginning with Hora : the portion of the

strength assigned to the Ras i Varga for the planet owning the

Varga in question. The sum total o f all these seven kinds of

strength makes the Saptavargajabala of the planet. This method

should be applied to all the seven planets.

;ft ""ill!l'l'lFiI!l'll'l'l," ;ft"l\rqq'<lll (i i ~ ( ~ \ ; I q ~ , \ ( ( 80)fiI: q f t ~ a ( o ; q l r ~ ; j ; q,,,,l'l'l." ~ . I I 3 U O ~ i! a ~ ' 1 l { ; ; 3 a f i l ~ m S q { \ ~ ~ , , -

o ; q ~ . r f Q q ' qf<;; \;Iii il;;l((fu:'! flr'ijrq I

Slob 9 Ih-l0 Y.t Whcn a planet is approaching its exal-tation, the Uchcbabala in terms of a Rupa will be representedby the fraction: Planet's present position-minus Planet's depression point 7 ISO> .The difference of this from unity willindicate thc planet's uchcbabala when the planet be descending ( A v a r o h a ~ ~ e .•:when ' it lhas reached the exaltation point andheading towa its depression point. Should a planet occupy aKendra (Angle), a Panaphara, or an Apoklima Bhava its re

spective strength will be 1, 1/2 or 1/4 Rupa.

18

9;1I1!;lh<m): f\laf,fIl 1<0: ' I T ~ ~ < i l " I ~ "'Q1Qi ij'li! ..i f{ I ; t r t q ) t < ! ~ ; ! \ ( Q l ~ ' ~ i l ' II t II

", 'a QI;::flIii , ' { " , ~ { q ) ~ i f ' l i l " 1 l l 1 " - ( ~ q " ' I ~ I " f q qlrta: " i j ~ ~ I i l ff<I": 1 1 I 1 ~ ' 1 ' l . IS10ka 10 ~ l l When the Moon and Venus occupy an

even Ra si or an even Navamsa, tbe strength they derive is 1/4

Rupa. TOe Sun, Mars, Jupiter, Saturn and Mercury acquire 1/4

Rupa if they are in odd Rasis or Navamsas. Shou ld the male,hcnnophrodite and female planets be posited respectively in

tbe 1st, middle or tbe last portion of a Rasi, they wi ll get 1/4

Rupa of strengtb. The total of these five kinds of Bala is called

Sthanabala or the strength of planet due to their occupation in

a Rasi and forms one part of the Shadbalas.

: ~ m ' l i { ' l ' T , ( ~ " , ~ , q * ~ 1 l l ~ " i f a ; : : ~ i t il ~ ( i ! 5 f l 1 ~ ~ I ' " R ~ ~ a ' l . II!

a" '&811" I ; ! i r ~ It"fq ~ { I R I " w a ~ < ; l ; ; . ' \ h ; i ' l ; { ~ < I .

SIokl I I a,.2-.t2 Ih Mercury and Jupiter are s trong in theLagna (East). The Moo n and Venus are powerful in the 4th

(North); Sal urn, in the 7th (West) and; Mars and the Sun arc

strong in the 10th (South). They become powerless when they

are in the 7th place rrom the one mentioned above. The Digba l

(Direclional strength) in the intcnnediale positions must be

computed by the rule or three process. The planets become

errective oorresponding with their respective Directiona l strength

in their respective direction.

~ i 1 i 'lIaR?'i 6' ,q<:l'l{(: u i j { N ' < I 1 S ~ ~ I : ~ q ~ ~ ! ! I i { r ~ " I , ( f ( ; a ~ " ~ , q " l l ql;!;;'l. II \ II

{ f i l t ~ ~ I { i j " " ~ 1 I ' ~ t f . I ~ I ~ ( 1 l ' l i 1

~ n l 1 ' " ~ i , > ; ~ l f u m : i Q l l i l 'Jil f . I ~ F a ~ , , : I;;11:~ l a :

ijffii~ . f t u { g w i l o " , i \ " ~ : i !

19

~ l , , " l " fGUJ 'f<i I S { I m . ! ; ; q l q ~ ) l l ~ II II

9+a 12 '1.1-14 'h In tbe Shukla Paksha (tbe bright half)

tbe strength (pakshabala) of benefic planets goes with the

number of Tithis passed in tbe Paksha where as in the case of

malefIC planets it is the Dumber of TIlms remaining to be passed

or gone through. During the Krishnapaksha (dark halt) thispnxess is reversed. The Pakshabala in tbe case of the Moon

will be doubled. When a native is born in tbe middle portion of

lhe day tbe strength_of 1 Rupa is credited to the Sun. Saturn

gel$ this strength "if ti!jis in tbird portion of tbe day. The Moon

gets if it the birth is in the 1st portion of the night. When the

birth will be in the middle portion DC the night the strength will

go 10 Venus. Should the birth be in ibe 3rd Oasl) portion of thenight., the strength will be shared by Mars. Mercury enjoys it in

Ihe 1st portion of the day. Jupiter has !.his Slrength at all times.

It is teoned Aboralraja or Dinaralribhagabala. Multiply the

Nata in Gbalikas by 2 and divide the product by 60. This will

give the Natabal in terms of a Rupa.

< I ! . " q ' 3 ~ ! I ' i f < i l ! 1 .. a ~ ~ ' 1 ~ I I " ; ; : : 1 ~ i j !i.Q\l1 q { ' l . " " ~ < ' I " g l ; j t ;jiQif"l61<ii"lil I

Slob 14 Y.t When this is s ubtracted from unity it will give

the strengtb resulting from Unnata. The Moon. Mars and Sat

urn have tbe Nalabala whereas tbe Suu.. Mercury. Jupiter and

Venus have Unnatabal.a.

~ 1 , , " 1 ! ~ ~ a 6 i l R i l K . I ~ ~ ~ q q ; a l l r -1 < I ~ ~ I f : R ~ i ' r o ~ i j ~ ; n l i l l ~ ; j ; ; l l O ! a ~ II t'\ II

a r - i ~ ~ ' I " ~ a ~ ~ s . - i l 5f;'It''liI,,5t. ;ftlf ~ ~ i U ~ ' I t im «ll" f.\V(!<I. I

The duration of Gbatikas between mid

day aDd the Sun at a bircb is called N.11a, while uonata shows

20

s imilar inte rval in Ghatikas between the SUD and midnighl.

These two intervals when divided by 30 denote the Nalonnata

bala of planets in terms of a Rupa and Conn a sub-division of

Kalabala. The appliances and inslruments required to measurethe time have been detailed in the earlier part of the work,

Purva kalamrita.

i j ~ ~ ! 1 1 a I ! I " ~ f'lilqfijfflOliRlill'110

' f l q l ; : q l l l R " ' ~ ' I t a'I'I<il ~ " ' I 1 i ! " " ~ a ' l . II t I

~ I ! H < l 1 ' l ~ ' l i l : ;i\:f;if.\m ~ 1 U t 1 : ~ H l l 1 a t : ' I l ~ ~ I ; : : ~ ~ f . i f a ! l 5 J ; f t ; ; l l I { ~ {\{1I>\'Il1 I

Sbka IS ~ 1 6 Y.t The loRl oftlle year, the lord orlhe month,

the lord of the week- day and the lord of the Hora respectively

get 1/4, 1/2. 3/4 and 1 Rupa strength if a nalive is born under

their influence. The sum of these four kinds of strength goes toadd in the Kalabala. To find the lord of the Hora, for any Par

ticular time, multiply the Ghatikas thaI have passed since Sunrise

by 2 and divide tbe product by 5. TIle quotient will show the

number of Horas that have elapsed. 1be lord of the lst Ho ra on

any week-day will be the lord of the week-day itself, the lords

of the 2nd and the succeeding Horas should be counted from

that planet in the following order: the Sun, Venus, Mercury,the Moon, Saturn Jupiter and Mars.

'fl'iI 't'?:5J;ft ~ ' i J aija ~ I > f . I ' t . ~ · h a ! l l a ~ ~ f u q f ~ ~ ~ ~ II tIS \I

~ e R < a ~ i ' W ' l . G - ;hqF; ! ! f t \ ~ ~ h i ~ ~ ' I i i t ' t 1 < : ; . q l . q l 1 ~ l i r l l q f , \ ' i I ' I ' , q ~ " ~ ' " ~ ; ; ! \ I

SkJka 16Y.t-17 Ih . TIle Moon and Saturn are powerful when

they are in their Southern Course. Mercury is always strong.

The rest of the planeLs become powerful wben they are in their

Northern cpurse. The strength as a result of this course is called

their Ayana Bala . The planets laken in their regular order fromMars should considered strong when they are in their relro·

21

grade motion and their Cheshtabala is calculated from the degrees

in their respective Sighra Keodras. When two planets associate

themselves in such a way that they have to be in the same

Bhava and their longitudes _glee even to the degree and minute,

they are said to be in war and that planet which is North of the

other is considered to be Victorious and gains the strength of

the other in the South, the Vanquished planet.

' t . ~ q ~ q f i l l ! T ~ ' 1 ~ ~ 1 r _ ~ ~ < A \ ~ ( , . f t ~ ~ i t s ~ q ( " f ~ l I ' ' ' ' ' ' ~ ~ S ! 1 r Qil q ( ~ f 1 l t l ~ ( ~ ~ m q.qf", \ l 1 s ~ " i { f u , , ( q ~ ~ ~ 1 " mtml1H"": ISIoka 17 Y.a -18Y.I Saturn casts a full glance over tbe 3rd

and 100h Bhavas, when the other planets aspect them with a

quarter of a glance. lupiter views the Sth and the 9t.b with a fulleye, while the rest look at these Bbavas with haIr a glance.Mars casts his full aspect over the 4th and the 8tb Bhavas and

the other planets aspect them with 3/4 of a glance. All planets

aspect the 7th 8hava with a fun eye. Planets do not cast any

glance on the 2nd, the 11th. tbe 12th and the 6th Bhavas counted

from the place occupied by them.

m N " m ~ ~ " ~ ' ! l 1 ' ! 1 f f i ~ @It;::>U

l I t ~ ' n « m q ( " i i ! i " I l f , f u > ~ l ; I . r , 'lia t n l ~ II Q, II

' l : ~ ' t { ~ i \ ' - l i l t " . , f U t \ l r < d ~ < ; q I f , ~ g ; ; . i i ~ q ( [ ( It ' l > l ~ 'l1l'!lfau;O @ I ( ~ O ( I ~ l ' ~ I

S10kn 18 lh-19 Substract the aspecting planet from the

aspeeted one. The result will show the extent in tcons of signs,

degrees, etc, of the range of aspect. The Drigbala of the as

peeted planet in Rupas can thus be computed from these d c ~ grees, etc. by the rule-of-three process, adding to or substracling

from, as need be, of the proportionate difference in strength

between that fixed for that sign and the strength alloued for thesign succeeding.The Drigbala thus arrived at can be grouped

22

under 'Malefic' and 'BenefIC' aa:ording to the aspediog planets, whether malefic or benefic. Thus should be noted down in

two columm in terms o( Rupas. Tbeir numerical sum will show

the exact Drigbala so obtained (or each planet.

"" , . " '-3 1 ~ ~ i 1 { ' t ! " , a l ~ ~ i i l { l ~ i l T l ", ..{I-I\! ~ ' ! ; \ < I o . l l . " i ' m ~ ~ m q i ! ; I ! l l ' ' < . ~ \I \I

«q 1 ! l 1 < m 1 ! U i " ~ " H ' \ ; j \ i ! 1 ! l 1 ~ lOl!1<I.

' - " , , " ~ 1 6 " W l l l ~ i l 4 a ~ i t " f H ; l I f . ' 1 ~ ISWm. 19 'h-20 Tbe SUIl, the Moon, Venus, Jupiter.

Mercury, Mars and Saturn dec.use successive ly by Inth of aRupa in tbeir natural strength. 1be Nisargabat o( the SUD should

be noted as one Rupa. the sevenl kinds of strengtb • vi7. tbose

collected £rom (I) Stbanll·Posilioll, (2) Dik-Direction. (3) Kala

Time. (4) Nisarga- Natural and (5) Chestha - Motion shouldnow be summed up.

~ ~ q 0 1 qijffi\i ' ! ~ ,,<1\ ~ ~ " 1 ~ ' I 1 f ; ~ i i ~ W > T ~ {U! \ ~ { ~ ~ I ! l ;fjq. ~ i \ ~ \I H II

~ ) ; r . ( ~ ' I ' i ~ ~ f ( J a ~ ~ r a " e J ' I ~ ; j ; It ijijl ~ 1 l I i n < " " 1 ' ' ' ' ' H i ' a'<.4"'( I

9nka :zo Y.t--Zl Y.t Further more add to this the rectified

Drigbala of the planet Next, should the planet be victorious or

be vanquished in the planetary war add or subtract acoordingly

1 Rupa. The sum-lotal wben so rectified or lhe several bal.as

rderred 10 above, win be tbe planet's Sbadbala in Rupas. When

Ihis strengtb is round to be less than S Rupas, the planet should

be taken as week. U it possesses rrom ·S 10 10 Rupas it should

be considered as baving tbe normal strengtb.

t41,":;:;lIl.... d I ~ ~ " " ' I I . . I ~ t l < i < : : 1

~ l f l ~ \I •

23

Slob 21 Ih-ZZ Y.t When this strength exceeds 10 Rupas it

will be considered Pumabla. Without doubt such a planet will

be most auspicious. His Dasa will be exceedingly favourable

and will bestow upon the native all that be would dream of;

such as, wealth, happiness, etc., provided the planet is pro·

ceeding to hiS exaltation point. A planet possessing medium

strength but going towards hls exaltation point, his Dasa will

also prove productive of prosperity and happiness. But when a

planet is on his way to his depression point the Dasa will be

unfavorable, A having the strength less than S Rupaswill only cause misery and misfort une during his Dasa period.

"3. 3 1 I ! 1 ~ q " , O ~ :

'OO<\. i 1 I " ~ " i i l i i l f u ~ f < i «I1oi{ 'f.a' i l ' 1 1 ! i m ' ! l ~ ~ ~ ' l ~ ~ . ~ : I

~ ~ ~ ' \ I { t f ! ; ~ q i \ lIl'11<i'i l I l 9 T ~ ; j ; I i l ; f t d ~ i : l € i " i ~ 33\1: Q ~ " " " i o \ . l ~ \I t II

Section 1lI- ·Ayurdaya.-L ength of lif .S!uka -I. :':ouill the number of Nakshatras from Aswini

traversed by a planet; divide it by 3 and ignore quotienl.

Multipl) the re mAinder by 4 3!1d increase it by tbe number of

quarters alreody passed in the next star. This result will indicate the number or Navamsas fro m Aries already traveJ"S(d by

the planet and itwill \;

orre<:po

ndto the number

ofyear contributed by the planet i!l tlte Nakshatra Pada (Amsayurdaya) sys

tem. The Months, days, etL, besides the year.; referred to due tothe p l a n position in tbe po rt io n of the next pada should becomputed from the interval lying between the end of the lastNakshatra Pada and the position occupied by the planet in the

nexl one through the measure in days, ghatikas, etc., -taken bythe pa rticular planet 10 run through its full COUISe. Similarly,

obta in and sum-up the years so contributed by all the planets aswell as the Lagna.

24

1;(1g;: ~ " ; ! ' t O ( l f q " ~ \ J ~ q " ' 1 1 1 " ) f . ! ~ RQ;'1I-

~ " 1 q;::ll 1 ; I ~ ' l ! ~ 'If.'; ~ , , ) ~ q l q ; l ' ~ s f l i l " ' l . I; f t ' l m r a ' l ~ ISltS8Q"It f [ f ; { f [ l 1 t i " f . i ~

'1l'\J)" ft q ~ l l 1 " ~ , , ~ i i l ~ " I ~ " ' I ~ F l r " , ~ ' l . II , II

Sloka-2. I f malefic planets occupy the 6 houses reckoned backward from tbe 12th, a reduction in full, one of onchalf, one-third, one-fourth, one fiftb and one-sixth shall bemade respectively in their Ayurdaya. Should benefics occupythe said bhavas the loss will be half of what is incurred by themalefic ones. When a malefic is posited in the Lagna, tbe wholeof the Ayurdaya contributed by the Ase. is to be taken away. Inthe case of a planet in its depression point one-half of the period

assigned to it is lost. When a planet is housed in an inimicalbbava, a reduction of one-third of his Ayus is to be made. Whenhe is set or defeated in planetary war his Ayurdaya is further

reduced by half. Amsayurdaya metbod is peculiar in this way.Cf. Brihat Jataka VII 2-4, 9-11. , -

"'iI-;amfll'flfu'tOl " ~ ! J " ' ' ' o ; q l " q m l ! Q ; ~ 'l'lifirI 1 ; ( ! J " , ~ { ~ i i l a'll a;QllNlillf.';'tO'l. I

"'" \ J l " ~ ~ < l ' l ~ ~ a g ; i j \ , \ , " ~ q ~ a f ? ; j i j ill-< O ; ~ f ; 1 ~ l f u \ f r q " " Q t ~ < W ~ ~ " 1 t : II II

Sloka·3. The number of Ghatikas that have passed in theRising Sign at birth when multiplied by 9 and divided by thenumber indicating the Ghatikas etc., of the rising time of thatsign will show the length of years contributed by the Lagna.The remainder will give the months, days, etc., when suitably

multiplied and divided by their appropriate factors. I f the Lagnais powerful being occupied or aspected by its lord or a beneficplanet or by its lord being in his exaltation, the number of yearscontributed by the Lagna will correspond with the years signified by the Rasis, etc., reckoned from Aries, in the figure denotingthe Lagna. This view is held by some great Astrologers.

Cf BJ VII-12 Sripatipaddhati V - 18.

~ 1 ' l ( q < ' l ' f a ; J l 1 l l l ~ r ~ ~ { i i l ~ ' I i t " ' ' ' ' 8 ~ q :

q l ' u i i ; , ; f t q " f h l ~ ~ ~ ~ ' " It ~ " ' ~ ' I i ~ Ia I ~ a q l l 'Ilqf"ta i j ~ q < R ) I ~ ~ . q ' i q " ~ r i " f ~ W l 1 r ' f f i ~ Q ~ ( Q i I . II v

25

Sloka-4. Find out the two decanates that precede and

'suN;'eed immediately 10 the Lagna Drekkana. Compute their

·Saplavargajabala in Rupas (as ~ n e earlier) of the lords of

these three decanate$ (or of the planets occupying them, if

Tadbhavai is to be accepted for Tadbhapai), and take only a

fourth. 1bis will denote the religious inclination of the manconcerned. When the same is subtracted from 4 it will indicate

evil mind of the native. Record Ibex two results carefuUy and

if their difference be 4 Rupas of Punya, tbe native will certainly attain emancipation at the end of this liCe.

Ql!l'1'I'!rlQI Q ~ i i l \ i U l \ l 1 t ~ ~ ' l i 1 1 l 1 q: ~ a l 1 i ~ " 1 ~ I " ~ I ~ " ! { f . I ~ ~ ~ ' ' ' 1 ~ 1 \ 1 " 1 I \I"t: I~ I : ~ l f u t l ~ I ~ ; ' h r q " ~ 1 9 f t "',,'IiI1 i ~ 1 ; : : I " , , ' h a(llq<R s i i ~ ~ ~ I ~ I ! i q , II III

Sioka-S. Obtain the figures for the auspicious and inaus

picious portions of the Saptavargajabalas of the lords of the

afore said three decanates. Multiply tbe malefic portion by

120. Divide the pnxlUCI by 7. 1be result thus obtained will

indicate the number in years. Take away from it as many 120

year-periods as are possible. 1be remainder will reveal the

Ayus of the man concerned in the respective Janma out of the

past, present a nd future. This method has been pointed out he re

by way of discussion and a lso because it is s imple r than tbe

Amsayurdaya method.

i ' I I 1 ' l rl><al: ~ ~ ! 1 ~ ~ n ' i . o ! q l g ~ ~ -, , , , q l ~ , q q ' l ) ' 1 ~ " i j ~ ' l r f l : : ~ l f a f ~ \ I 1 : I

qg "lmllil " " I ~ l l ~ " .... g{oi\ ~ " l I ! " " ~ I q q ; f . ) " ' 1 \ 1 'lI'l;::T : ; U ~ ~ \I;::T II II

S loka-6 . When in a nativity Venus, Jupiter and Mercury

are in the Kendra (Angles) and Kana (Trines) Bhavas the man

concerned enjoys a full life (he is longlived).If these planetsshould be in the 2nd. 3rd and 11th hom h . m.I " . 11 ........

,26

medium life, i.e., 60 yun. Should these planets be in tbe 6th,

8tb and tbe 12th Bbavas tbe native will live below tbe medium

life only. When the remaining planets (tbe male6cs) occupythe 8th, the 12th, a Kendra or a Kona Bhava they will not,

invariably, grant good results .10 the native.

Charts showing tM Yagas in Slob m . ,

SL. 6(1)

Female Bom on

30.12.61 at 23.30

SUi (Z)

Male 3-1-1888 at 1.45 AM

SL6(4)

Female 29th Dec 1974 at

13.30

cr.SL-8, supra

SUi (3)

Male 18-9-1871

~ ~ ~ 'I f.lt\"la IIRl a'll 1 t 3 : f i I ~ l l 1 ( ~ ' l a : ~ ' i l ~ a u ~ ~ a f t ~ , , ~ l t 'I {[ 'l!>tt I

"1<1119.: ' 3 a ~ I ~ r . " [ d ' t < i \ mill ' 1 G r

27

Sioka-'. J(tbe lord oCtbe Lagna is not aspected by beneficswho occupy a Kendra or Kona Bhay., if the lord of the Rasi

occupied by the lord of Lagna and the Logna itself are not

ISpecled by beoefics. the life of tbe native will be a short one.

Moreover, be will be denied children, wife and wisdom. Should

it be otherwise, the man coocerncd will enjoy longevity, good

fortune, wealth and be wise and nmowned. .

SL 7 Female

5-11·1955 at 19.15

•

Venus, the lord ortbe Ase, is in

the 7th without baving the as-

pect ofany benefic plantt from

a Trine or an Angular house.

Mars, the lord orlbe sign occupied by Venus, as also the Asc.

have no benefic aspect. Hence

short life.

~ ~ M ~ ' ~ 8 l 6lIs<>l"IrS","...q'l)!q"qq {fila'll oflftja I

~ ~ ~ o f l f t j ~ ' i " ~ : " , ~ . q \ l q ' ! j { a r l a < R , q " " I ! ! " ! I " ~ : II C II

Sloka-8. When the Sputa Lagna or the Rasi occupied by

the Moon is aspecled by the lord of tbe 81h Bhava or lbe lord of

the 8th Shava either from the Moon or the Lagna be aspccted

by Saturn or MaTS; and in both of these cases bentries do not

aspect the lord of tbe Lagna or the lord of the Rasi occupied by

tbe lord of the lagna, the man concerned, may he be akin to

Markandeya so far as logevity is concerned, will. enjoy only amoiety of life.

28

4. ! I t ~ I ' ' 1 ' f . ~ 1 I ; I I q ~ ! l ~ ' l : f ~ i \ " 1 ' t c ~ n : ~ ; ~ } ' I ~ f ~ l ~ a l :

\ 1 ~ q ~ ~ a ' l ; r . q < ' t i i " " ' : l { ; ! f l I . a " , , ~ : I'1l1'<m"I("1i!!"l!l: ' ! l ~ ' I i ( f : i ; ~ f i l i \ " 1 1 R 1 q l ! \ 1 J . ; ~ q { ~ ! ; \ " ~ I i f i ~ r . < I ( f : ; i ) ~ 1 { . 1'1 t II

Section 4-Planets in the several bh avas and theireffects. .

Planets, when mutually related in any way, prove auspi

cious to the native, bring him great renown and bestow rugb

status. Such ·Sambandb' (relationsbip). may be when they are:

(1) Occupying their exaltation. own ShaYa, a friend'sShava or a Trikona ShaYI, -

(2) Posited in a Kendra Sbava in tbeir Vargottamamsa;

(c) Aspected by benefics, are C?0joined with beoe6cs,or are posited betwixt benefics.

(d) in their Moolatrikona Rasis;

(e ) proceeding towards tbe centre of a Shava aDd

(f) lonls of a Kendra and a Kana Bhaya at lbe sametime.

;fi;mI''I q l l F . l a l ' \ < , f t ~ " , : q l ~ a O l > F a l l ' ! " ' ' ' ' ~ l ~ l 1 a l ' l ' 1 ' l f . ~ ' l i i ? l l ; l " i ~ ~ \ l . t l 1 1 I'

" ' ' 1 1 ; a ~ " a i l i ' ' ' ( f ' ' flI.i?l1: qgJeft"'IRI",:

~ ~ > f I ' . { ' I i ) l I \ q ~ f ' l a l " ' ! 1 1 " " U ~ I \I ~ 11

Sloka·2. The auspicious

or Subba Yogas ofthe

planets

gel destroyed when they are:

(1) in their fall or debilitation position;

(2) defeated in planetary wa r;

(3) in their inimical houses;

(4) aspected by, in association with or hemmedbetwixt malefics;



(5)

(6)(7)

(8)

29

associated with a retrograde planet, an Astan

gata or eclipsed planet or be with Rahu.•

in the zone of Shava Sandhi;

Weak;

Owning Dussthanas, i.e. the 6th, 8tb and the

12th or their lords associate with tbose of the

Kendra or of Trikona Bhavas.Sioka IV - 2

The following two charts illustrate the points contained in the

above Sioka: FemaleBorn on 24.3.1951 at 11.35 P.M.

5

6

11 Rabu Ketu

4

1 Ven 3

Balance ofMars Dasa: 1 yr 10 Mons 24 days

Husband

22 oct 1946 at 10.30 Pm

Moon

This native has

strained relations with her

husband and is not blessed

with the pleasures of thebed, though living with her

husband . The lord of the

7th house, Venus, denotes

the buslland, and also hap

pens to own the 12th and is

posited in the 6th Shava.Balance o/Sun's Dasa: 4 mons 10 days Jupiter, the karaka of the

•

30

husband is associated with his enemy Mercury, the lord orlhe &h. 1bc

Moo n is occupying the 12th house being aspected by Venus. This has

give her agood and channing look but an indifferent husba nd becauseboth Venus and Iupileraro hostile to the Moon, onc by being in the 6th

house and the other being 6th from the Moon.

Husband 's chan is appended showing his association with

another woman. It was a case of love marriage.

l!l.q ~ q ~ ~ 1 q < i i f . I ~ " a l " ' l i i ! . q < l l ~ ~ 1 ' , " ; q l 1 a " t f.ltl!;JUf'la'\ oi { 1 " q l l 1 q ~ , \ I

' l i ~ I , " ~ q F ~ q " , altai a l ( ' { q ~ f ~ a " t IIq1,,"t"Qf.("t a ' " f l t ' m m l ' l 1 f \ 1 1 f < ~ ~ ~ l II 11

Sloka-3. ( I) Should the 9th and 10th Bhavas be respec

tivel y occupied by their own lords; (2) when their lords conjoin

in either of these houses, (3) when they occupy each other'sbhava; or (4) they mutually aspect each olher, then these two

lords become responsible for the Rajayoga in any nativity. (S)

Should these lords of the 9th and the 10th associa te themselves

with any of the lords of tbe 5th, the 7th, the 1st or the 4th or (6)

occupy any of these houses they bltss the man concerned with

wealth, happiness and prosperity. But these lords of tbe 9th and

the 10th, in no case, sbould own the 8th or the t lIh Bhava aswell.

Slob IV - 3 Male

(6) ZS.12.1920aI6.SOA.M.

11

Men:Sun

S.,[

2

31

This nalive has retired from the senior most Police postoflndian Govt.

Mere, the lord oftbe 10th Kendra is in the Lagna with the Sun, the Ion!

of the 9th, in the Sign Sagittarius. The Lagna and these lords ofa Kana

and a Kendra enjoy the aspect of Jupiter from the 9th house (a Kana)

_ the Lord ofLagna. Again, the Sun and Jupiter are occupying each

olher's house. This Jupiter aspects Mars in Hie 3rd house who, in turn,

is aspecting Sat. in the 10th house. The Link between these 5 planets

fonning the great Raja Yoga may be noted. Venus, the lord ofthe 11th

is in the 2nd and is alone responsible for the Dhana Yoga. Hence the

native e njoyed position, status, Royal favour and prosperity.

Cf Phaladeepika XV - 30 and also Laghu Parashari P 33,

Sagar Publications.

g l I I ~ I " l ~ " , ~ q ' o ~ I " l " ' I ! I f i 1 q ' " I ~ ~ I ' ' l q ' l i ' ; < i \ 'HIJQI."Qlfi1"'In: !f."1". I

Q " ' ' l . ' ' l i r ~ a ' " 1 J . ; ! " " . n " l " ' ~ " . l a ' " I ( I E f t ' < l H l f u ~ I ~ " , " I ~ t I \l;ft l'[qfll: II \I II

Sloka4. Reckon the lords of the 9th and the 10th B h a v ~ •

(1) from the Lagna; (2) from the 9tb house from the Lagna (9thand 10th to 9th) and; (3) from the 10th house from the ugna

(9tb and 10th to 10th). These three sets of planets will in their

order bestow upon the native a high position, an ordinary position

or a below average position in life. When these said pairs of

planets are mutually related by being in conjunction, exchangeof house (each occupying other's bouse) or by mutual aspect,and possess strength; occupy Bhavas which are mutually inKendra positions or; be in association with the planets owning

houses occupied by the lords of Lagna, the native will amassgreat wealth and be a ruler on tbis earth.



32

(7)

5

Slob IV - Z, 4 Female

3.3.1965 at 12.30 noon

. Jup1

Balance o/Salurn's Dasa 16 yrs 2 mons and 11 days.

The lords of the 9th and 101:h (Venus and Mars) counted from the 9th

house from the Lagna aspect each other, thus fonninga medium gain

which the native ha s already achieved as an tA.S . This short fall is

due to the fact that the Lord oCLagna, Mercury; and the lord oelOO 9th,

Saturn are together with the disqualification thallhey are within S to

6 degrees from the Sun (therefore, are sel). Saturn is in the 9tb in his

Moo! trikona. Venus is the lord of the 4th and the 9th from the Moon

uglla and the Sun Lagna camping in hi s friend ' s bouse. These 5

planets are aspecled by Mars occupying the Sagittarius Navamsa and

enjoying the 5th aspect ofJupiter himself. This native will face some

difficulty during the Mahadasa of Mercury & AntaroCSatum startingfrom 5.9.1995 for a period of 2 yrs . 8 months and 9 days.

Mercury/Jupiter period of2 yrs . 3 months 6days prior 10 5.9.1995will

be most rewanling. She should enjoy long life as Satunl, the lord of

Longevity is in good position. She will marry an equally competent

man .

m i l ' ' 1 ' ~ ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' { I ; ; " ~ " ~ 1 f t 1 ; J ' ~ . " . " ' ' ' 'U "' " e \

I I M , , ~ "t 6'\ 1 ; I t I < m ~ ! f , l f i j " " ' : " ~ I3 . l q l 1 ' ' 1 1 "qi\"I'"':"!!~ r ~ ,

'1ft q,ft\'l'IIR:;r.l'l: « 1 i I ~ ' ~ o i ! "t ~ ! l : 'Il"'''- \ 1 ~

33

Sloka.S. (1) The lord of the Rasi (Moon's Rasi) and Amsa

(Lagna Amsa) occupied by a planet and the lord or the Lagna;(2) the lords of the 10th and the 9th bOllses; (3) the lords of-tbc

5th. 3td, 4th and the 7th Bhavas; (4) the lanIs of lbe 2Dd and tbe

11 th Shavas- where these aforesaid pairs of tbe pia? II so

related that ' - tbough placed in any of the above mentioned

houses- they <a> are together in one house; (b) ocQlPy eachother' s house; (3) aspect mutually and at the same Ii,me be in a

friend's house, own bouse or an exaltation Rasi, they respectively bless the man concerned with prosperity, elephants. horses

and tbe like, progeny and prosperity and affluence (weallh),··

; n ! 8 I l 1 ' ~ ' l < i \ f ~ q l ~ . { ; r , { ~ ~ i ! , , ~ , ~ o j ) ; f t ' l H l f u G < i \ , < ~ , , , ~ ' l " , ~ , , ~ { ' l . ~ ~ ~ : I

\ I l : ' ~ @ 1 ~ ~ , ~ ; j ijf.\'1 Il,,: ~ ~ f . ~ i j " ~ ~ 6 -

•

",,",ill' f . i i l ~ < i 1

R~ I I ' 6 ; " f ; : ; " , ~ t

;r,"'<l. II \ISloka-6. Should the lord of a Bhava be posited in the 8th

place rrom the Lagna or (from it), be elipsed by the rays of theSun, be in his fall or occupy an inimical house and does notconjoin nor be aspected by benefics, Munies say that in such aplanelary set the efrects or that House are completely destroyed.Even if the henetics themselves associate with the Bhava there

will be no salvation. 1be Lagna and the other Bhavas should heexamined in this manner only.

~ @ l l f c : " " , ~ " ' f . Q " g < i \ i i l g ' ~ ; I I ' 1 : lfiQ1<l.' i " I ~ o ; : q f a "t 1I0;:iilQfa l ! , , , ' ~ . ; r . i j ~ \{Qliil,,;a 'Ill{ II ':I II

34

Sloka·7. Wben the lord of tbe Lagna is posited in the 1st.middle, or the last Drekkana of the Ascendant, the native willbecome a, judge a chieftain or a headman of his village, respec·

lively. Should lhis planet be aspeded by or associated withVenus, Jupiter or Mercury or be in the Varga of an auspiciousplanet or in his exaltation point, the man concerned will tumout to be an emperor of the whole world and be honoured byother rulers.

~ < i ) " , ! ; ( ~ ! ! ~ ~ ' 1 : f i l < l : ' l ~ ~ ; ' 1 ' lilll aRIt

' 1 ' t ~ ! < : Q l ! ! l ; ~ l f . ' f t ~ U l s a : 'lUll f . I ) l ~ ~ ' I

i . ' 5 1 1 I H ~ l ~ q ~ t l ' ; j i ~ l < f . a ~ ~ ' fl1l\l l l l ' m ~ ~ ~ ~ I !l!lUflW ; n ~ i ! ' I : i j ~ ' ~ a : l ; ' 1 1 q ~ l ; r II 1\

Sloka-8. When in a nativity (1) the Moon in her full degreespossessed of strengtb is in ber exaltation, own Shava or a friend's

house, identical with the 9th, 4th. 10th or the 7th and is aspeeled by or is in association with Jupiter or Venus; or · (2)should Mars and Saturn be likewise possessed of strength andbenefic aspect and occupy tbe 2nd and the 10th houses from theLagna, the native will be encyclopedic, endowed witb all thevirtues, highly acclaimed by tbe people, generous and a greatpersonality .

•

~ ~ ' 4 1 ~ ~ i l f ' t a l ! l " ( " H l ! l I f t ~ ~ 1 daa{ ' \ l l ' i \ ' I l ~ a l l ! " r l 1 l f l l { ( q I ! l l < l l t l ' f . ! : : I t ~ ~ I

qg",: ~ " t > , , , , f . i : l . ' I I ~ ' l ~ i ; ! F l I ' l " l ~ ~ , "n l l q l q " l \ < l : < i \ ' 1 f . \ i . ' 5 ~ i f . i ! ~ i ! '11tlRIr: " "

Sloka-9. In a birth chart, when Jupiter owns the 3rd andthe 12th Bhavas (Capricorn Asc.) be bestows every thing upon

tbe native. Similar will be tbe effect., when be enjoys the ownership

of the 8th Bhava or when he is posited in the 8th house. Venus

is good when be is in the 6th Bhava; Rahu will be (avourable

when he will be in the 7th. 4th, 8th. 11th or the 10th bouse. Kelu

is most benefic when he is in the 3rd 8hava.

.. t % ~ : ':lQ.nllde{il.6: ( t ! 1 f t ? t ~ a r ~ a :

;fi'llQ'\llla q n ; ' 1 q ( a ~ q l f i i f l l f ! l ! l f d :

35

a " ' ~ 1 ! 1 f i r ~ l l J " f.l1lf«.ii a l ! l ~ l ! l " t lIilll'l: II 0 II

Sloka-lO. Wben the lord of a bouse occupies any of tbeDussthanas. i.e., the 6th, 8tb or the 12th, be in his fall or inimi

cal house or be eclipsed, not conjoined or aspeC1ed by bene

fies, be in association with or aspected by his enemies, be in his

inimical or debilitation Amsa, be Vanquished in planetary war

with materia and as a result has lost the brilliance of his rays- such a Bbava should be declared as totally los t or fruitless.

Thus should be examined all the Bhavas from the Lagna on

wards.

q Q l { q l ~ q f a f l ! l " ~ I I 1 ' l . ( I l : i f , , ~ r ' l l ' l 1 > l 1 f > . a t .t 1 I ' ~ I f { \ ' l ' l d ~ m ~ i i ' l ~ i ~ ~ f ' . i j T U{ ·

~ " ' t l ! l ' ' f . a l l l ' l r ~ l ! i ! i . ' I i ~ i t ;r'{If<\ 'f.l!1i1. 1I!lRSioka-il . Whenever the lord of a Bhava occupies a Trikona

bouse, Kendra House, the 3rd or the 11th bouse, a friend's

bouse. his exaltation, own Rasi or Nava msa or is placed be

twixt two strong beneries, while the owners of these Kona.

Kendra. 3rd or the 11th houses are also similarly situated in

their exaltation; or the said lord is associated with or aSpecled

by benefics: such a lord will bring unsurpassed prosperity to

the Bha . . . .nd tbat too in a ...ery short period.-

1[1," 1[11Iqfa", ~ 1 { ~ . ' 1 ~ <r1<rq'Qf",al:

'Ilq: ' \ l f u i f l l { ~ l l l ~ { i . ' I l : f l ' , q { g ~ ~ i ! l i I

\Nt II111t!ll;!l!If\'Q'l'1.I: ' I l q l \ \ l ~ t ~ q l : ~ 1 ~ ~ S ; f l " l ~ f ~ ~ i l ' t l ! ( < < l f . r II \ II

Sloka-12. When a Bha..... its lord. its Karaka planet. all

tbe throe .re hemmed betwixt malefics and are associ.ted withpowerful malefics .nd are tbus weak and have no redeeming

36

association or aspect of benefics; and should the ntalefics occuPY.

the 9th, 4th, 8th, 5th and tbe 12th Bhavas counted from each of.

the aforesaid three, and the lords of the Navamsas occupied by

these malefics be inimically situated, eclipsed or defeated inplanetary war in that bouse, the destruction of that Bhava should

be pronounced.

' l l R!til. u ;r.l"Hlftamq ,Iii" \~ 1 ' q ~ 1 " q f . i T Q I ~ I ; l " H 1 S ' ~ ~ t : l ' 1 ~ < ~ : I

q ~ ~ f i ' l ~ I I i ~ q l ~ g ' l . ' l l , . " .... ql i'll>;'f.Q ~ i \ J ~ ' 1 < i 1 ~ f . r f t ~ ! 1 ! ' 1 ~ 1 . < i l s ' " ~ 1 l I T ~ C : : : In I

Sioka-B. Wben an auspicious planet occupies his own,exaltation, a friend's bouse or his Moolatrikona Rasi or a

Vargottama Amsa, it will enhance the prosperity of tbe native.

Even a malefic planet will prove auspicious under these condi

tions. When the planets. owtting the Rasi and NayalllSa occupied by the lord of a BhavI, be endowed with power, be will,promote the effects of lbat Bhava . Any powerful benerlC occu

pying a friendly Rasi and Amsa in any bouse will bestow upon

the native the wealth of effects related to it.

f t : ' f . t e l f t ' 1 ~ ~ { 1 ~ H ' l X ' 1 \ \ 1 ~ ~ ! l . p . e i r " I I < ' I i " ~ : m ~ i i J g { ' I : ' ! l . ~ ~ 1 1 ; " q c ; r : I

I l l ; i ) ~ ' ~ m r t : 'R"<'I'lrnlll 'II m;qWII lIlIl

\\1'111'11 f t ~ ; f t ~ ~ r . . a l l t " " , ' l . ~ : lIlII: II t V IISloka-14. When a planet occupies the 12th. tbe SIb or tbe

6th Bhav., his Rasi becomes inauspicious; similarly, when tbe

lord of anyone of ', these three Bbavas occupies or aspects a

bouse, its effeds are totally lost. Venus, Mercury aDd Jupiter

in their order, when they respectively occupy tbe aforesaid

three houses will bring happiness. Planets in tbe 6th. 12tb and

the Slh. when happen to be in their friend's bouses , own or

exalted signs, or be aspected by auspicious ones, will prove

beneficial. When the planets owning the said houses be inimi

cal, be in their fall, be eclipsed or defeated in war, then tbeplanets occupying tbem will prove bcoeftcial.

37

~ ( ; ! I H'iI.ilS\<I'l>1 A f : i ( ~ : q ~ q ' l { q ~ ~ i j ' .. .'l.!I!i('I.ll!if,,;r: ~ ' l ( l . ! I R ~ i l ( : ' l ~ l l l " ' i ; , r ' ' f . ~ I 1 " i ; l ~ I ' f 11',"sl'<ril ~ I ~ ; ! \ II II

Sloka·lS. When planets are in their infancy (with in first

6°). in their advance age (in lasl 6°); eclipsed and defeated,

though they might be aspecting yet do not aspect (sec) at all.

Auspicious and inauspicious planets aspect during the brightand dark periods of a month towards the East and West respcc·

lively. Jupiter is sirong when aspects towards West. Saturn is

strong while in his direct motion. Venus and Saturn though

eclipsed will not lose their strength. Mars is powerful even in

his enemy's house.

. .i t " ~ j ; ( : i l ; \ f . I 1 q > f t ~ ~ ~ i l l :

qllsfil \1"II!:l . ! ~ ( :

\ l ! { I > 1 1 q ' l q ~ ' 1 a ! d ~ ~ ; f t 'll\fW<!' ijS!1r (

l ; I I ! i l " ' ~ ! I ~ : ; q q ~ d i ( : i ( 1 ;!l(fl1<<ilS<fiI!t<l.

l.!'f.I I D I ( ~ i j f ~ a l s f i l l 1 " 1 t ~ I ( ~ ~ ~ ( II I

Sloka-16. When benefics occupy a Kendra Bhava,

the 3rd, 2nd, 11th, 51b or the 9th and even the 6th they proveauspicious. This will be true of malefics if they are placed in

Upachaya houses. The Sun and Saturn will be favourable when

they are in the 9th, and Mercury, when in the 8th. Saturn, when

occupying his exaltation. own house, or a Rasi owned by Jupi

ter, will do only good even if he be in the Lagna. Venus, will

prove auspicious, if placed in the 12th, provided the Rasi or

Amsa occupied by him does not belong to Satum.

< : f t U t ; ~ > 1 q'll']•• l 'l'P! : ' l i i i ; p l i ' l ~ 'f.ijl(l

1 ! ; ' l i l f [ f l l " i ! t ~ ( ' i j i f i l l l l ~ " l I " , q ' i l l f . i ""I !

I l i , q ~ i qf1:: O((q\,O( , , ~ ~ a](Ut''tqlq;pi

!i,'l1ntf-'l' "

~ i ! { f q ' l ' QII(IN'f.(,q(ql(!: II ~ ~ I Sioka 17. (a) The Waning Moon, (b) Mercury, (c)

38

Venus, (d) Full Moon and Jupiter become auspicious inthe ratio of 1/4, 112. 3/4 and 1 respectively. Jupiter and Venus

become fully beneficial when in the Shav. of an auspicious

planet and in association with tbe lord of lbe same. (On the

contrary) <a> Waning MOOD aud Mercury (when malefic). (b)

the Sun, (c) Rahu and Mars and (d) Ketu and Saturn promoteevil in the same ratio as staled above.

11m"! ' f . i 1 S ~ { ~ 1 1 1 ~ ~ ' i I I "afi1'liTllTIl '1-

~ f l T f . ~ ~ l 1 i ~ m ~ ~ t l T ~ ' J I " i j ~ , l t " ' l i ' I'1<:1<..1 .. n l ~ l ! l ) ' l<!l'I(d ~ ' f . i 1 S < l i I l " \ i j ; r < ' l i l ( " " 1 . , " " . ~ a l 'f." " " ~ < I . 11 11

S&Oka 18. When tbe Pbal. Karaka and Bhava Klnka of

any bouse; the lords of the Rasi and Navamu occupied by the

lord of that bouse and the house itself be hostile (Naisargika),

the effects of that Bhava will be destroyed.

Should a malefic planet occupy a Rasi belonging 10 a

Karaka, it will bann the efrects oC that Karab planet. TheShaVI Karakas when occupying the houses, they are Karakas

(or, will show only a small fraction of the (otherwise usual)

effect.

' l O ' i f [ ; ; ' I ~ F . \ ' . : i f I : ~ ~ ~ a > t t , , - f [ ; ; W J < m ~ " I : ~ " r : [ q l ! J ) s f q i'l::'f.lll1Ot ~ q l : ~ f < i l i l ~ " I : l

'l2'll ~ " ' l 1 \ " "' ~ ~ ~ : i f I " " " , ~ g i r .1I'ii I 1 I ~ I q q T ' l " H " I 3 " I : ~ 1 i f , 1 : !f,JlI.n'l<n: I' I

Sioka 19. The full Moon, Jupiter, Saturn and Ketu arc

called Chhadakas for the two houses (2nd and 12th) adjacent

to each of them. Should Jupiter happen to be hostile to the man

concerned (being owner of a Dusslhana) he will be a Chhadaka

only for the 121h. 1be rest are Chhadaka for the 2nd only. 1be

lords of the various houses and their respective Karakas be

come auspicious to the native due to the Sambandha between

them through aspect, occupation, association or mutual exchangeof their places.

' l ~ I~ ' l ~ a I j f ~ i j 11111(\1 ~ I ~ 'iiI"" ~ ' l ; ( l ' l : ~ R " l . n S f q ~ ' i I ' i I 1 l I l ~ ' l ~ ' ! l . I I ' ) ~ ' ' 1 ' 1 i : I

i j ~ ' i i ~ f u ~ " I ' i t s : \ " l l f t 6 1 ' 1 1 ~ . l ' l : f ~ ' I ~ 1 IlIla! 1 1 1 . ' 1 ~ 1 l i ! 1 I ~ . ' 1 ' l l i 1 i j ' I I I ~ " ' I " q ' l f i l l l ~ 11,0 II

39

Sloka-20 A planet in the 2nd place from a Bhava becomes

Chhadaka for tbat Bhava, while tbe one in the 3rd becomes

Vedbat;. He who occupies the 4th is called Bandhaka. The one

in tbe 8tb is teoned Pratibandbaka. From .Ibis planet in tbe 8th

should be predicted all about the prosperity and destruction of

tbe Bhava. The lords of the 2nd and 7th houses with respect to

aoy Bhava are known to be the Maekas of that Bhava

flI!!¥lillllll d i ! { ~ q : ~ ~ ; j ~ 1 ~ ' l : 6 1 .

~ ~ ' t . { f . l i 1 R t \ t '" ' 1 { l ~ ~ " , q ~ 1 I I " ~ I'I1Q: ' t . ' l ~ < i s 6<ilf;aQ'f,;i ,,"!.q: 1 1 1 ~ " ' ' ' ~

ij1'Qlij1'Q11lMiilIN'liai!: 1lI1:U,I'QQlg: ' f . Q I ~ II<. t \ISioka-ll The aspect of a friendly but malefic planet on

another is known as Swadheena Vedha, while that by an inimi

cal but malefic is tenned Paradheena Vedha. The results pro

duced by henetics will be similar and be felt at the beginning

while the same caused by malefics will be some what untoward

and be felt at the end. General luck and the span of life will

correspond with the strength of the auspicious and inauspi

cious planets.

{,itil " Q Q q g ~ ' ) f t ~ q a ' l "it ' Q ~ f",a

f t : " , ~ , ) i i i o ~ ~ { ' ~ f t ~ i J 'l'1l1r", o f ' 1 l " l ~ ~ I" l , . n " I ~ 01 f.\t\'I1IJ ,:!al!q'q{g~ f ~ i j l : ; l I a t s ~ i ~ q f u : ~ ~ \ i j f . \ . <?r m I l N { I ~ " ' , \I" \I

Sloka-22 I f in a nativity, (a) the lord of the 8th is in the

12th or the 6th; (b) lord of the 6th be placed in the 8th or the

12th (c) the lord of the 12th should occupy the 8th or the 6th;

(d) the said three lords when connected in any way by mutual



40

exchange of places, mutual aspect or association and are at tbesame time free from such Sambandba with other planets the

native will not be less than a gteat king, dominating over otherrulers and will be renowned and wealthy

Sloka IV-22 Male

(8) 11.2.187,.. SAM

-----

12

Sat

2

3

10

·Rabu

Ketu

4

8

6

5

In this chart, Venus, the lord of he 51h and 10th houses is the

Yoga Karaka occupying the 5tb position from the 10th Bhava;

whereas the 5th house is 4th from him in the 2nd house, the Dhana

Bhava. He is associated with Mercury, the lord of the 9tb and the 6th;the Sun, lord of the 8th; Jupiter tbe lord of the 12th and 3rd. In short

the lordsofthe 6th, the 8th and the 12th have conjoined witb the Yoga

Karaka, Venus in the 2nd place from the Lagna. This planetary

configuration has bestowed upon the native the status of a great

statesman in one of the JeadingNative Stales of India . The native had

untold wealth as the lord of the 9th was in the 2nd with Venus.

The·presence of Ketu in the Kalatrn hhava has left a scar on

the lordsof the 6th,tlle 8th and the 12th, beingsixthevery way and thus

making·them instrument of casting dark s hadows on the life of the

native also. They caused an early demise of the wife and as a result

ve ry disturbed domestic life.

qm ;fj'Wil: ~ ~ I "!'i"I: f . ' ~ f i i l ~ l l 1 1 f l l I ~ I :

iiI>'l' i f , ~ ' Q ' l ~ q l l l l ' i l ' l ' 1 l ~ ~ f U t I{ I ~ l I ! I F l J f u ~ l ' q ~ I ' l ' l ' j 1 l : c,Qla: ~ a l q , f ; ~ a l

41

<{\tlhr, q { l ! . q ' l i 7 . ; a ' 1 ~ : ~ ~ ~ F l ' ' ! a>fl: II II

Sloka-Z3 ShOLlld malefics be in their debilitation andbencfics possessed of great strength be in the Kendra and Trikona

Bhavas and if the lords of the 10th, 9th and 4th conjoin together

either in tbe 9th or the 10th, tbe native will be no less than a

king, most intelligent, fabulously rich, reputed, possessed of

greal va lour and long- living. He will be recognised and respected by other rulers; be virtuously disposed and omnisc ient.

g l l l ~ ' ( p i ( " i l ~ Q f f l ~ % . ~ , f l I i l 'l'.';;;;i;

i j , i ( . ; ; : r < q \ i l l l Q ( ' f . t "l1q)fl!:1i a,q(1{, ,•

q'''i q'lWO; f ~ i l " f . l f u a " ~ I " I , ! i f , q i f i . i ! ' l 1 ~ 1 " l i q " l ~ , , ; f l ' ~ l l ~ ~ ....Ii "I " ' ' ' I ~ ' ! : II II

•S lokll-24 The lsi, 4th, 71h and the 10th Bhavas are ca lled

Keudrns, Kanltlkas and Chalushtaya. the houses nex t to the

Kendras, ie., the 2nd. the Slh, the 8th and the l11h are tenned

Panapharas. Those next to Panapharas. viz, the 3rd , the 6th, the

9th and the 1 2th are known as Apoklima. the 5t h and the 9th

Shaves arc termed Trikona . the 3rd , the 6th . the 10th and the

11th are called Upachaya. the Bhava occupied by the Moon is

tenned Janma Rasi, while the Lagne is called Adi or the 1st

hou se .

HI,QI ~ ~ a l ~ a l 'I'l;fi ! ( J ~ < . ; f i ; ~ " I > l { " ~ ' ll',,\<I.i\;;: !(Jf.\:

li.q\ 'l i! " 1 ( ~ I , f ( a q ' ~ l f l t q l ' l f i i ; : . ' I I " U •

Sloka·2S The Sun is of the character of God Siva and is

sou l and father; the Moon is of the Goddess Sakti and is the

mother of all beings. The other 5 planets (Mars , Mercury, Jupiter.Venus and Saturn) are the product of the Panchbhoota , • 5

42

elements such as; Prilhivi, Apt Teias, Vayu and Akasa. Jupiter,

Venus and Mercury have risen from Satva ; MalS ha s arigi.

nated from Rajas or passion, while Saturn is from Tamas or

darkness. The Sun and the Moon are not the Marakas (death·

giving planers); bul when they happen to own the 8th Bhava,they cause much hann and become evil.

, { ~ a l e l ! i l ~ ! l " ~ 1 1 1 ' 1 1 1 f 1 : " ' ~ t : r ~ a l ;i\ 1;1<'11

~ I ~ t 1ll1<::'NI ~ 1 ! 1 a<:;1 < l l a l l ! ( I ! l ' ' ' ~ ~ I

~ ' l h ~ " ' l I f ; ~ a l f u < ' l ~ ~ l I I r . " " < : ; 1 f;.<it~ t ~ ' ! . l ~ < ; ' ' ! ~ l r d ~ r . ' Q I ; F ~ I \ q ~ ~ 1 ' I < I 1 ~ II II

Sloka-26 Should the benefics occupy the 6th,lhe 7th and

the 8th 8havas counled from the MOOR and the malefics are not

any where in these houses, the native will be a king ,equal ,tohim blessed with every variety of happiness; long-living, VIC

torious. widly reputed, learned, with all the pleasures of, the

world, including the wife, children, friends. houses vehIcles

and other such luxuries.

ir.i 'llll(30 '1 .( 1 < I : ! ( 6 S)'11: :(\ 0 T,t1:I( (I )!l.l<1'll :

~ , ~ l f P ' l f ' 1 ~ : ~ ~ i i ' 3 l f i l o t 12 ~ ; : . ~ ~ f i ; ~ l ~ ~ " ~ I~ , - r ~ ' f;r'll<rnll;'1llM ilt.'!Tt ( F ~

OJ,'iN i! IUl,i<\: 1 i I < ' I ~ i ! ~ . q r q i ~ I J , \I '(\9 II

Sloka-27 The figures 30, 16, 6, 8, 10, 12 and 1 denote the

Kalas (Ra smi or the quantity of rays) of the seven planets from

the Sun onwards. SUIT. up the Kalas of the lords of the 9th

Bhava counted both from the ugna and the Moon. Divide thissum by 12. The Rasi reckoned from the Moon indicated by this

remainder, when occupied by an auspicious planet singly, without

tbe association of any malefic, will raise the man concerned to

the status of a Koteswara; if by a malefic only. his wealth will

be in thousands. Wben tbis malefic happens 10 be in an exalted

position tben also the native will be a Koteswara.

1(2)""(5)111(11 ' l t , . ~ r : 'I\/aqll11 !liifit qr liI'1U:

«('Il!l1ft1r ~ ; f ijftor l ' I ~ r f 4 q ' f ~ ~ I'I1!leoQ'!II,.qq!< ~ ~ ! I ~ , ! o j ~ ~ r :

< I ' I < i l l ~ ~ ~ I I ~ q P f , i j q i t ~ ; j \ ~ i t ' t l f ~ ~ " ,

43

Sloka-28 When two or morc amongst the lords of the

2nd, 5tb, 11th and the 91h BhaV3S are so placed in a birth chart

that they become mutually related by any Olle of the three kinds

o f Samballdha and also strong, the native will be amongst the

Lakhpalics. Should the lords of any of the three Trilcsthanas

chance to be one of the partners in the aforesaid Sambandha,the effed will be lo la I destruction of the wealth resulling into

d c b ~ and the trouble from the enemies as well. All Ihis willcome to pass during 100 Dasas of tbe lords of the aforesaid fOUf

Bhavas.

(SA)

6

lupSat

8

5

Sloka IV - 28 Female

8.4.81 at 12.12 Noon

4

Rahu,

Ketu

9

3

2

\ I

Balance ofMoon's Dasa 7 yrs. 7 mo,ahs 10 days

Mark the Lords orlbe 2nd. Sih. 11th and 9th houses. The Sun, Mars,

Venusand Jupiter- in this nativity. The Sun, lord oflhe 2nd and Mars,

thelordofthe5thand Venus, the lord of the 11th have conjoined in the

. 9th in the s ign identical with Pisces. There is mutual aspect betweenJupiter who is also the lord of the 9th bouse and the 4 Planets

44

occupying it. Mercury identifies himselfwith the pla nets be co njoins

and Mars is a Yoga Karnka Pl anet having mutual aspect with Jup iter.

They also bappen to be the lords of the 91h and the 10th from tbe 9th

house . Rahu in the Cancer Lagna is note-worthy. The native isa very

brilliant student of a Public School and mainta ins the 2nd or 3rd

positi on in her class. This is a powe rful Db,lIla Yoga a nd the native

will be happily se ttled in life. The planetary position is most auspi

c ious and promise high educa tion, Status, recognition and prosperity

in life.

~ w . n f ~ ' 1 i ! l ! i ! q l l l ' f . ~ ~ H i j ~ ~ < I ' r ~ a l ' ' 1 1 , " g ' \ ~ ' l ~ 'I ' t ~ ~ llilO1Iij1 '1O 'l.qfu, I

't '" ' l ! { a r ~ Q I ' l l , j q l " f i j 'lllli""11\I 'l11l1'{

1 3 ' 1 ~ ~ i j I a l : 'lot 'I 't,,-'Ial

I I , ~ I

Sloka-29 When all the planets occupy the four Kendras

from the Lagna onwards and ~ r e in the fOUf Panaphara hOllses;

all the Apoklima houses remain unoccupied by any planet, the

native concerned will be a king or the leader of men. When in

such a case auspicioius planets and tbe full Moon are not asso

ciated with or aspected by malefics. the native will be a lord

and praised by the good. If the planets are not powerful . tbenative will comparatively be wanting in the above menlioncd

s tatus.

~ I " l ~ ' ' t l ! ~ ; ! I < q t qR 1Iv.r1;fl f ~ ' I l i l i l l < l ! ~ ~ I ~ I ! I I " l q R \ F . ! , n f l ; d i \ ~ ~ 1 " I 1 ~ r ' l t l 1 f " l a : I

r ~ ~ 'l..'IllIit ~ ~ i ! ! I ' ' 1 I l 1 ' 1 I ' l : . {esfq ",100,~ 1 ~ ' I '1;(ima 8 ft ~ ~ ! l N i f o l ~ !;\111\ \I II

Sloka-30 When there is a birth at about 2 Ghatikas after

midni ght or mid-day th e native bo rn will be a rul er who will

dominate his enemies, observe th e holy ri tes, code of conduct

and be possessed of good education.

But, in the above case, when an exa lted planet should

occupy tbe 2nd Bbava and be aspected by another sim ila rly

45

situated one, the Yoga will generate a Koteashwara. But when

the aspect in the lasl case be of a plant posited onl y in his own

8hava tbe native born will remain a La kshadikaree only.

~ l ~ q "{lilt(. fl'lt f l ' l { ' l ( " 1 1 I 1 ' i f a'll

t f i ~ l ~ ~ ~ " ~ l ' I Q l I ' I l ' < ! i j " { J ~ ' ~ I3Il!ll ;;1 fu'! Q'1!ql Ill'! aa. ~ I ~ I f ~ t i f . " , q " "

~ ' f . I i i 1 , ~ f q ' l " i Q , q q ' f . ~ <r.t'i i1\"{f: II t II

Sloka-31 An immovable Rasi is stro nge r than a movable

one. A dual is much s tronge r than an immovable one. When

th ree pianelS are posited in three Shavas. The aspects cast by

two of the planets over the third, being placed in a C hhadaka or

Vcdhaka position will be increas in g in power according as the

aspcct ing planet in each case is occupying a movable, an

immovable or a dual Ra si. The same rule wilt apply with respect 10 the effects caused by the planets from tbe three Bhavas. In the case of tbe three Drekkanas of a Rasi. if the said 3

planets are all in (a) the 1st Drekkana of a movable sign (b) tbe

middle one of an immovable and (c) the last one of a dual sign,

the result will be complete . It will be medium when they all

occupy the middle Drekkana of a movable sign, the last one in

an immovable and the 1st in a dual sign. The result will be very

lillie when these planets are all in the last Drekkana in a mov·

able, the 1st Drekkana in an immovable and the middle one in

a dual sign..

q , q l l 1 l l " H ' I ) q ~ ~ ~ ' l a ~ a.n1111i;11i'll:

. , ~ t ~ " I \ I ' l l l ~ " l ; l I l ! " \ i I ' ( a , i ( ~ ~ R R il I ~ ~ f t A ~ l ~ ~ ' ' l i a

1 l . ' I i ~ ! J I ~ ' " m i I " ~ R q Q . 1 II ~ ~ IISloka-31 When two planets cause a Yoga - good or bad·

it will be seen only if they are within 12 degrees of each other.

I f the planet slower in motion ahead of the other which isfaster aoo is also behind, the Yoga will become effective

it will be rull ir the interval between these two becomes zero;

46

and it will be the nil effect, when the interval is again 12 de·

grees. It will be proportionate in the intermediate positions.

Should the faster planet be more than 12 degrees behind theother, tbe effect of the Yoga will not come to pass.

i j Q ' 1 " ~ i l ; ' I l q ~ " ' l ( f q "1'<=:: ~ . m ~ 1 ! ' I , ; r n l i \ ' l i i l ~ ~ ~ q ' f . .. ~ q w g f t : ' f . 1 f . q ~ , :

, " q ~ ~ Ill"'; \ l 1 R \ l 1 ( ~ ~ " ! l ~ !;!i\ "11\11111

i I l I , o f t e ' l . ~ \I'" { Q ~ ' " t l ~ 1 I ' f . ( ' l ~ , q i q II ~ ~ IISloka-33 Should the Moon Possessed of strength cast only

applying glance (II - 18 - 19 Supra) at least on one of tbe twoplanets causing tbe Yoga (IV - 31 Supra) with in the recom

mended limits, the result will be specifically marked. This will

not be found true if the aspecting Moon be housed in any of theTrik Bhavas. Planets cast their aspect on all tbe Bhavas; but the

best effect will be felt when they are posited in their exaltation

or own house. It will be medium when he is in a very friendly

Bhava and it will be very meagre if he is sitting in other houses

.mr) q ~ ~ , ; r qlllRl r a g < q ~ QIlI<i\-«l-ifi " ' ~ : ~ I ( I ? J " " ~ ~ ~ I

~ ~ " ~ I I ~ ' ~ " ' { ! l ~ ~ ~ ! I ( ft: .. , < q ~ 1 ;qg' ~ : " ' ' l m : ¥ A l q ~ ~ m ~ \18'11({, " \I •

, S l o k a ~ 3 4 Note the Rasi where the lord of a Bbava is posited.

The Pada of that Shaya will be as many Rasi removed from tbat

lord as the lord is from the Rasi signifying tbe Bhava. It is with

the belp bf this Pada and the auspicious and inauspicious plan

ets occ"'pying it, that the learned Astrologer has to compute tbe

prosperi\}' or destruction of the Bhava. 1be 8 Padas should be

detennined in this fashion in the case of the 1st, 2nd. 4th, 5th,

7th, 9th, 10th and the 12th Bhavas. 1be Pada for the 12th house[rom any Bbava is known as Upapada (or that Bhava. and that

of the 7th as Dampada.

l ! I 1 ~ '!lit ~ l l l ' ~ ~ \ i : a " , , ~ ~ ~ l l < ! ~ U " l 1 1 ~ q f 1 ( a : I

~ ( \ " ' " ~ ' " , , ~ ~ ; n '1!Itfi:q;, '"" " " " ~ : 'Irllllitq;;js 6 < q f i 4 " l q i ~ ~ II ~ ' \ II

47

Sloka-35 When the Lagnapada is auspicious, that is, tbe

house of a benefic and occupied by a benefic 100, the native

will have all the comforts and good fortune. When a benefic

occupies the Kendra or Kana with respect to Lagnapada, 'he

native will be a king and a very learned man . When malefics

are placed in the Lagnapada, in its Kendras and Konas theresult will be quite contrary. This will again be true when maleficsoccupy the 6th, 8tb and the 12th houses from the lagnapada. Inthis way carefully investigate the good and bad results for all

tbe 8 Padas.

"""",.: " •• >.'a i ( 1 3 l f ' ~ ~ I · q q ~ a l ' U " ! l " i l l l ' N !~ ~ ' ' l ' I i U ~ , , < ! i l q 1 i \ ' i I l l H 3 ! 1 l 1 1 ' t I~ l q ' l ~ t J l l l l ~ ~ ( 1 ! I 1 ~ ~ I r . " a l a!f'WIsNt:@.. I1fi1QI", ~ ! \ \ ! n ~ ~ ' " II 1\

Sloka-36 In the same way tbe information regardingchildren should be computed with tbe help of tbe Sth. 2nd aDd

the 9th Pada after a careful examination of tbe Bbavas, Jupiter

and the lord of Lagna (or tbe Padas of the 5th, 2nd and the 9threckoned from Jupiter and the lord of ugna) and the Upapada,

and the association and the aspect of benefic. I f there is DO

aspect or association of malefics the native will have a good

number of issues. The sex of the children will be according to

the dominating strength of the various planets concerned.. .~ ~ , , ~ q ~ ~ i { I ~ ~ t < 1 l a ~ 1 1 1 PI.u ' l ( ~ ; j i 5 ' " ~ " " ' " ' ~ ' i ' l i l : I

.n'11l1 ' ! < I ! l ~ " ' : ~ ~ ! 8 r o ~ ! 1 ~ " e ' , ~ ~ R ~ < i : \ l l ' l i f t < ; l r a ' l ! ! 1 I R ~ II \ " II

48

Sloka-3? (1) When Mercury, Saturn and Mars are posited

in the aforesaid Padas, etc. or (2) be associated with their lords;

or (3) the same three planets occupy Rasi and Amsa of the

Bhava; or (4) if Saturn and Jupiter be together in a single house,

the loss of children is certain. The 10th house and its lord, if

associated with or aspected by Saturn, will cause the native to

have adopted sons. So say the wiseman.

3 ! r e ; ~ " a " l ! l ~ ( R ; I ~ ' ! { 1 ~ . n d 1 ~ ~ . ' l I ' " " ~ ' n 3'!: ~ ~ f i W I ~ 'f<Il1 ~ ! 1 : " ' ~ : I

w . r l ~ q q : ~ ~ ~ ft ~ ' 1 1 <ft'll!! oi\ii!;JUll",

" M " , h g i j " " i { i q i j ~ q l ' { !J"IIU

•

Sloku-38 All about the first wife should be devised from

the 7th Bhava from the Lagna; the 81h Bhava therefrom will tell

about the 2nd wife; similarly can be found oul the death of

successive wives- when malefics occupy these Bhavas. Ir aus

picious planets occupy the 8th Bhava from the Lagna, death

should not be predicted. The association or aspect or Jupiter

and other benefics will denote the number or wives living, their

respective children, their character and other qualities.

f t : ~ i ~ ~ q q ~ " ~ ~ T PI'!1 It ! ; \ ~ F t u f t !l1l\;,!\ liT ~ " I t . f \ f ; . ; f t I

¥ oft 411d ~ ; r g l l ~ ' ~ i ! J r q l ~ " , : ~ ~ ~ ;it oWl: 3'!: n '!, n

Sloka·39 Also, when the benefics are posited in the

Upapada of the 7th, the wife may be said to be beautiful, long

living and noble. When a malefic occupies the Upapada and is

in his fall, the man concern will suffer the loss or two wives. In

the case when the malefic is in his exaltation and aspected by

or associated with a benefic, the native will have many wives

living. When there is no such benefic aspect or association, thenative may not get married.

~ " , " \ I , « \ q q ( , , , , , , , ~ , <Ill:4 " ~ ~ ~ " I < \ i i ( l .... q ~ ' l f l ~ 'Il . I

.dlll . \1 m~ f . a a;M qsnf'l;i; 11-"";'

@i"'''''',joft '" ! I ~ " ! I ~ .(1"(' liv-n

49

Sloka-40 All about the first wife should be investi

gated from the Oarapada and its Vpapada. Regarding the sec

ond wife infonnation should be gathered through tbe &h Bhava

from these two Padas. The wise recommend that tbe number of

wives who would be lost to the native should be divined through

the number of Papalva if any, in the Pada over and above those

in the Darapada. In the nativity where the Pada to be cons id

ered is highly Subba, it will be indicative of tbe particular wife

that she will promote the cause of tbe family. bring happiness,she will be long- living and afford enjoyment.

" , q l \ " i < ' b ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ R ~ ~ ~ I ' II

•

'!II!!-'AI" ~ . r r \ l ' l i I I ' M ~ f ~ ill: ~ ~ " ' q . '.~ m i ' t ~ f . t f ' l : ' J q l l l q l ( " " ' t ' l r ~ ' 1 ' (h,qql 1I11! Ii

Sloka·41 The number of Navamsas that have elapsed inthe 3rd house counted backward· from the Lagna . i.e., the tllh

Bhava, will denote the number or elder brothers or sisters whereas,

the number of Navarnsas still to rise in the 3rd house reckoned

in regular order from tbe Lagna will indicate the number yet to

bOrn . Regarding the sex of the issues (male or remale) the wise

should divine according to the rules on the subject . The number

or those surviving or otherwise should be calculated from thestrength or the auspicious and inauspicious planets respectively.

' l . ' i i ~ ~ q ~ ",,"i'4'1i!;!lll<lOlI<lt I i l s i ' 4 ~ : liht,l<I,"!t<il { f . l ~ ' l t a : ! ! ~ f . I ~ I ( ' I ; : I

~ [ l l ; ! i ' l f u a ' . ~ ; f t " ' ~ l · q ~ T > i ) I l l I I ' l , , ' q ~ I 1 i " ' l ' I ' { ' I ! l ! { ~ 1 ! I 1 ~ i ! ; n { r ~ ~ : "1/ ( Ii

50

Sloka-42 Note the planet from the SUIl onwards that has

travelled the hi ghest number of degrees in th e Rasi occupied by

him. He is designated as Adhikagraha or seni or planet in the

bi rth chart. Should the Sun associate with Ih is Adhikagraha,the native will be an adviser to the k.ing. When Ihis posit ion is

taken by the fu ll Moon and Venus, the man concerned will be

very rich, learned and blessed with all the pleasures of life.

Should Mars be in their place the native will carry anns, may

be a commander of an army or a worker in metals and a wickedman .

m;lf: '10qa•• u q l \ ~ , , " ' .UI-

r . f t ~ ~ ~ " i f . l f " , l f i : ; I ~ " ' ! I i A A ~ ~ l f f . l < l . Ii { i t i i s ~ g ; O S W ~ I { f u q i l ~ s f i l ~ ' " "'" ~ ~ f l t ~ ' J l ( t f ~ ' l ' N ~ : UII II

Sloka-43 Should this planet be Mercury, the native willbe a great sculptor or a dealer in earthen jars and clothes. Should

it be Jupiter, ' be will be a sacred Brahmin performing Veda

dulies and well versed in the Vedas and tbe other works related

to them. When Venus be such a planet, the native will be long.

lived, prone to excess sex pleasure. Should it be Saturn, the

man concerned will engage himself in all sorts of vocations.

Rahu or Ketu in a s imilar si tuation will make him clever in pre·paring medicines for poison and engaging himself in metals

and the like.

S ~ I I ~ ~ r ~ , " ~ ~ ' ! I ' ~ ~ 1 slliTil i1 < m l t q s ~ : ~ s R i > f 1 i i \ 'It!. I

8 { ~ ~ f l ! ~ ' S \ ~ I 1 I ~ II ijI"'I{\'lIA .

~ f t q f 1 l ; ~ f ( l ~ I $ . I f t < l f i l ~ ~ f ~ I I ~ l r " ' ~ 1 : UIIVII

Sloka·44 I f in a nativity the 2nd bouse counted from tbe

Adhikagraha is aspected or occupied by the SUD and Venus, be

will serve in a palace. Should a malefic be in the 3rd bouse

from the Adhikagraha the native will possess valour.lnstead,should there be a benefic, the man concerned will be a very

51

timid man. W kD die MOOD occupies tbe 4th house from

Mbibgraba . . . . is iH: ..kd by Venus. the native wiD be a

great pilot 01" i lm. WileD the 4th bouse under consideration is

occupied or ."I-x:lt:d by the MOOD and Venus, the native will

be b l e s ~ e d with seveGll storeyed buildings and tbe like com-

forts.

.

qJ \I "'1<11(1(\'"<11'1:

" ~ i l ! 1 ~ : 1'It' I ~ t R iI'IT II 11'1 II

Sloka-4S. When Ibc Moon and Venus occupy or aspectthe 4th bouse fiom tbc Adbibgtabapada. the native will own a

palaaal building if II . . . . rv:t in exaltation occupies tbis 4thplace. The 1"'5111t will be similar, but the · native himself will

develop white agel Ned" leprosy. So should the wise predicteverything as stated above from an examination of tbe Rasi,Navamsa, a.r D. · bV __ where in tbe Adbikagraha is pos

iled. A native"s prolE ..... and manliness s h ~ u l d be predicted

tbrough lbc plpnd pc: sing next lower degrees and Amsasfrom the AdhoUpalIa.

5·- '

~ ( > l 1 1 1 ' 1 : ~ ' - i l ! l ' i i , , ( 1 , , % l ! r ~ " " , " ~ ~ l f f t ' .... ".. l ' l q ~ , " . , q l j { A !l)lA;\q: I

~ " I " " " l q ( I ( ' ! l a ( " " ( ' ! I 1 ( 1 < 1 I ~ : 1\ t 11

•• '.All :..' I ( l j q l ~ '" "WiI""" .. 'I ",qul,lIlI,

1J'ii"l1If.. , ~ " ftmr '1u.",j''''t,(\\;lt: 1SectionVRclatiog to Action. Function or Doing.

About the Adioa, Function or Ooing of the Bhavas andthe Planets.

52

SIoka-l·l Ih The first Bhavi stands for (n Body (2) I i m ~ (3) happiness and misery (4) old age (5) knowledge (6) birth

place (7) lame (8) dream (9) strength (10) dignily (11) polili'"

(12) longevity (13) tra nquility (14) age (IS) barr (16) appear·ance (17) pride (18) livelihood (19) gambling for others (2)stigma (21) bonour (22) Skin (23) sleep (24) proficiency (25)

embezzlement (26) nature to insult others (27) freedom from

sickness (28) detachment (29) nature (30) agency (31) persev

erence in canle breeding loss of sense of decorum and

(33) blame from one's own caslemeo.

~ r " " ' I R < I ~ , " ~ ; m ' I ! J ' h i \ " ' l l A " ' ! 1 " ' ' ' " ' ' F t ~ i l f f t r ~ " ' ( ' ' ' ' d l ; j ' ' ' ' , " i"'IIC' wf!l'l: II •

~ ' ~ ; t " q ~ " , q ' ' l ~ " " ) Il)<!}4f.t,i'iQQI:

'!II(1ti! l I ~ ~ f ~ " ' t q " ' ! I i ' I O I ' I " Q . I : I

~ ' I I ~ o i ~ , , " , , " I ' " i'iiilq1 ll'!IIQ"t..'q•.a<qr..... i \ ~ I T 1 I l q ' l f ~ ~ " " " ll'I1I1<t. II •

Slob-l Ih-J The second Bhava denotes: (1) speech (2)wealth (3) faith in saaed InditioD (4) supporting others (5)

•nails (6) enjoyment (7) truth and false bood (8) tongue (9) eyes

(10) clollIes (11) diamond (12) copper (\3) gems (14) pearl

(15) determination (16) incense (17) family relationship (18)trade (19) softness of speech (20) liberality (21) effort to acquire

wealth (22) friendship (23) friend (24) splendour (25) miserli

ness in spending (26) pleasant oratorical ability (27) scbolar

ship (28) gold (29) silver (30) com (31) modesty (32) selling

nose (33) finnness of mind (34) a close dependent (35) cycle of

life and death (.36) living power and (37) finance.

'" i ' . .. .q 1I1..(<<..... ( O I l ~ ~ I ..."'!tQj.

'!IIq..,q U ( \ \ I I . " ~ ' " 1 ; 1 < ~ lin R'J5q : I

~ ' " ~ · q " i I ; lWIi1i\W'61\"Ii\"",ft;"•« f " , ~ q R , " I \ ~ l I I ! l a r i R Q l f . : i \ ~ ' n \I II

;mU ~ < " ' l I \ l l [<If" fll"lm

53

~ q d r \ t ~ Istoka 4 4 'h The following are to be dctcnnined from the

third Bhava: (1) CourAge (2) brothers (3) battle (4) ears (5)legs 6) roadside place (7) confusion of the mind (8) fitness (9)

heaven or paradise (10) causing sorrow (11) dream (12) soldier(13) heroic valour (14) relatives (15) friend (16) wandering

(11) throat (18) taking unspoiled or purefood (19) partition of

property (20) ornaments (21) nobility (22) learning (23) pas

lime (24) pbysical strength (25) goin (26) Pbysical growth (27)

noble descent (28) attendant (29) the part of tbe band betweenthe forefinger and tbe tbumb (sacred to the Manes) (30) maid

servant 31) short journey by a good vehicle (32) a large under

laking (33) ooc's own religious dUly.

;q;qlP " ~ ~ ~ , " I ~ ~ " l .mq", "" II--ftli" "'41'1 Q ; qq: uq .\lCUG-.I\ a4UtI r::'04I1tt

R ' ! m i \ * , ~ I ( I I ~ q " q : ~ < i \ I " 4 I " , : fiA: I

~ ~ l ( l l I d l " ' ' i ' l t ; l ~ ~ amAtal!l(li\

" ' ~ f . t . : : I ~ ! l f ~ ; : i I c::m

~ ~ ~ 1 1 1 1 { II II

IIAI ~ ~ ( l H \ T q f t ' " 1 ! T I ~ \ ' . ' { 1 I R l < f t fll"i W1!1,,;{ " ...m 1I1'!: ~ ~ ~ I I

;r.•III/jt.;"!1Ili,n(ltl(>Tftqr ' " " f t i I I ; t f ~ " , -~ " " " ! ! ' 1 t ! 1 ~ 11"11'1'l'l1",,1ll. II IS II

SIoka- 4 1>-7 learning (2) kingdom 93) house (4) travel

(5) vehicles like rickshaws and small boats (6) oil bath (7)

motber (8) relatives (9) friend (to) caste (11) gannen! (12)

well (13) water (14) milk (15) perfume (16) happy man (17)

good name (18) a life saving drug (19) trust (20) false allega

tion (21) tent (22) victory (23) tiresome work (24) land and

agriculture (25) a garden (26) digging of a pond or well (27)wells for the public use (28) mother's side (29) sharp intellect

54

.(30) Catber (3 1) wife (32) aa:umulatioa of waJtb (33) a pala

cial bouse (34) art (35) bouse opc:"inI (36) woclusioDS (37)

disposition (38) damage to one's plopaly (39) paternal prop

erty (40) celestial food (41) art of disdo-;ng where abouts ofstolen property (42) an ant bill (43) JHlHCKohoa of Vedic and

sacred "lore (44) buffalos (45) cows (46) bones (47) elephants(48) surplus com, o f grain prochHTd awl wet lanek are to be

divined from the fourth bouse.

I

"1;n.I''flI{I.ql . R ~ ~ ....1(

. R I 1 ~ a ' ~ ~ I . q f . \ ' R l ' I m ~ F n t II II

' I l . ~ Q"dl ~ ~ " ' " ~ , , ~ ~ { q ' ' ' ' ' I i I ' q ( ' ' ' ' 1 ' l i l q q ~ ~ U ; I

q·iNltI"UAij SCflln13QJQli4J:' '4if I i (

S.qI6<'lA'lI(l!'lI:iI'I'IiI: g"'6"1<i\ . U '" II

SIoka ...s-, 'h The following are to be investigated through

the fifth house : (1) progeny (2) fatbers virtue-I!. ads (3) a king

(4) a minister (5) good moI'3Js - (6) bAlynical art (7) mind (8)

learning (9) pregnancy (10) discretion (11) umbrella (12) in

structive stories (13) auspicious lencrs (14) garments (15) a

great desireable action (16) patemal ptoperty (17) foresighted

ness (18) fortune througb wife's luck (19) liasioDS with cour

tezans (20) profundity (21) firmness (22) secrd (23) decorum

(24) wrl.jng 01 news (25) weU-beiD« (26) frl",klUp (27) •

long literary production (28) engaging (110_ £If ill any business

(29) belly (30) invocation through ..... s (31) Unoounlable

wealth (32) gift of cooked rice (33) djscr i .Hnation between

virtue and vice (34) chanting of Veda Manbas (35) Wisdom

(36) ability for criticism (deep poocIeriDg) (31) ways of eam-

55

ing money (38) a festive occasion when drum or tabor is played

(39) great contentment (40) profound learning (41) hereditary

post of minister.

0111 f i l l I ! u n f u l { ' i ! ~ q ; ' f . ~ a : ! i l l q ; l ! l f d T '11-; 1 ! ' C : ; I ! ! 1 \ ~ q ; ~ ~ ' i ' l u \ " " \ ; I I ~ - q i t ~ - , ' . n : II \ 0 \I

3 I ' l l 1 ' t H R i u n q ' ! T ~ f t ~ ~ " ' I q ~ " I " " ~ i j ' -f > l ' l ~ ~ " ! ! ' ' ' ~ ' ~ i I " ~ .. j ) s f . \ ~ i \ ; r ~ I

f l t l : l ' i : J " I ! q ; , , , , m . , , q ; ~ I i ; r ~ , : Qfq'\!1 Iiflt-" .~ i > 1 ' ' t ' 9 f i \ q l f < T ' i t ' ' l f . \ " ~ , , \;1'\" " ~ 1 ! 1 : l U \ 1 l : \I ~ ~ \I

'I!'''l,,-qrn Q H q ~ e af.\;<::, ",Q"I1!l filqa:~ T n i \ ~ i j i l ~ ! l ~ ~ i i 1 ~ 1 ''1: ' m l { I " I ~ i t I

S10ka -9 Y.z..1l Ih (1) Disease (2) obstacle (3) fighting incombat (4) maternal uncle (5) phlegm (6) swelling in the body

(7) cruel actions (8) insanity (9) a boil (10) enmity (11) miser

liness (12) sickness (13) venereal wound (14) cooked rice (15)

weariness (16) debt (11) reproach (18) enemy's satisfaction

(19) l ~ m p t i o n (20) heat (21) a wound (22) mental worry

(23) intense anguish (24) enmity with many people (25) inces

sant eye trouble (26) receiving alms (21) untimely meals (28)a fall from a boat (29) trouble and fear from one's benefactors

(30) gain (31) exertion (32) poison (33) a severe colic or gout

(34) fetters (35) guarding of one's own credit (36) urinary trouble

(37) dysentery (38) the six flavours (39) severe reproach (40)

service (41) theft (42) calamity (43) prison house and (44)

misunderstandings with brothers and the like are to be investi

gated from the 6th house.

, .

; " (O'l f ~ ' 1 I ' " I l l ~ " I " e l l \ · ~ I ~ i j i I ! r i i l r o l l l f . ' i 1 ' ( \ ~ f i ~ l ! I ' W ' l I q " " ~ " ' 1 l :

61<'l:!s "I 1 I ' l 1 1 1 f l ! ~ N f l i " ' l < ; ! l ' ' ' ! I ' ' ' I , " .~ a l q f r r f ' l l l i : J { ~ t i s '1 'i." I

56

"iiII:;q " ij-n q l j l " ' ! l ~ I I N : ! l . q ~ I ~ I Q 1 "~ 1 ~ f . I " g ~ ~ q a ' l I " ' l l O l l ' a ~ ~ ~ '1", II n II

~ I C { ' i t $ t ~ " $ " ' l l I a I W l q l ~ ~ 6'<1:;nqr 1l1"'.r.r { ~ ~ I I f u t i s .v1! ~ l I ' I l l ! . 1

SIoka-lIlh- IJ1h The following are to be investigated from

the 7th bouse: (1) marria ge (2) Unchastity (3) winning of a

love (4) enmity with a debauched female (5) deviation from the

right path (6) good perfume (1) music (8) flowers (9) t.1king of

savoury food and drinks (10) chewing betel leaves with areca

(11) break in a journey (12) curd (13) loss of memory (14)acquisition of gannents (15) semen virility (16) faithfulness of

the husband (17) a pair of wives (18) generative organs (19)Urine (20) tbe anus (21) trade (22) sweet drink (23) tasting ofnectar, soup, ghee, etc. (24) gifts (25) loss of power and status

(26) victory over enemy (27) money kepi in another place (28)controversy (29) sexual union (30) adopted son (31) relishing

food prepared in gbee (32) foreign place (33) wife (34) all

secret pleasures due to sex (35) theft.

3T(gl IIp.'IQnll.1 ~ a ~ ; j « ~ ~ ' l 4 i i 'lftI-~ ! i J ) u ( ' I i T ( " l T ' i l ~ i ! { \ a , i / { : ; r iii"", II Y II

mil: " ' ~ ~ i ! ' ! < f i ; g " i R . I Q I : ,"WI(tl s•~ ! i J ! I I I i ! Q U ; ; j ~ ' i ; r o t ' l ~ o q < q ! i G U ( ~ i ! J : .. "

i I l ; j I " I R " ~ f l H ~ ~ ~ 1 ' i q < ' H " " : '114 i t " " l ) l i { R , , ~ « i ! ~ ! 1 ! : ' i I f . l ' I II \I

f ' l " I l ; i I ~ " ; ' I iii'll ",,<I qf 'II("IIIf f.q1 ,:1111

g : [ I < ! I ' < I " i t ( o q ~ 'I " Q ~ I I I ' I : ~ ~ ~ q p ' ! ; 1SIoka-lJIh.l.9h It is from the 8th bouse that the following

should be predicted: longevity (2) happiness (3) defeat (4)

patrimony (5) an afflicted face (6) grief due to death of rela

tives (7) witeh craft (8) quarrel over food (9) urinary disease( to) ca lamity (11 ) brother's encmy (12) wifc's sickness (13) a

57

tuft of braided bair (14) enemy's fortress (IS) misery (16) idleness

(11) punishment from the ruler (18) fear (19) loss of moncy

(20) ~ t u m i n g a debt (21) unintentional receipt of olber's money(22) long standing plOperty (23) meeting a wicked man (24)

Vice (25) tilling of a living being (26) loss of limb (27) decapi-

tation (28) formidable .miction (29) mental anxiety from I

story (30) chain of misfortune (31) overdiligeoce in doing cruel

acts (32) battle and (33) great mental tensioD.

~ r - i " q ~ 1 i Q " " , a ' " ! l . r t f ? ; 1 ! ~ ' ' I ' I T -~ T ' T r ~ ' l ! r i : l : : ~ > l " ~ f.Tm"l1!i ~ 1 ( i I : II II•

'114 " " q ~ " . a l ~ ' I i " t ' l 1 l 1 m ~ ~ , , : ~ I i ! : ! r . ! ~ I i ' l f t i : ! l 1 ! ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ { < I ' n I

3 T ! l i l q ~ ! f 1 ~ t l l q f h t : q l 1 ~ q ' l i I " " -"I : ; ..l I 1 I " I 1 ~ " I ~ l f i ~ ' 1 ; { I ! . I ' 1 T : ~ ' l . !lltlll: II ~ I S II

SIoka-lS 1h-17 (1) Giving alms (2) Virtue and religion (3)

pilgrimage (4) penance (5) reverence to elders (6) medicinal

drugs (7) oonduct (8) purity of mind (9) divine worship (10)

bardwork to acquire learning (11) splendour (12) conveyance

(13) amuence (14) desliny (15) dignily (16) fable (17) lravel(18) holy balhs (19) nourishmenlS (20) good comp.ny (21)happiness (22) palemal weallh (23) son (24) d.ughle< (25) .11

sons of we.llh (26) 00.... (27) elephanlS (28) buffaloes (29)corona tion ball (30) establishing the Brabminic faith (31) a

Vwic sacrifice (32) circulation of wealth are to be predicted

(rom the 9tb bouse.

~ 1 U i . q ~ q ' r < l " I S V 1 l I l ~ 1!lll'm""flf,1lT

~ t l l ~ ~ ~ Q ~ f f i f ' l N ~ ' I I ! I I " , , ~ q : I

IqAA gWiCII'l!;r.r.!t l<{<I,!S""mu-: ! ! I 1 ~ ~ l I ' : ~ 1 1 II ~ . : II

I/Illt q R 5 ' f t ~ i I iq!l(! l ~ 1 I l 1 I ~ 1 I ~ " ~ ~ ~ ! f i l l f t i : !!I1fi;fW I

•

58

Sioka-IS-IS (1) Trade (2) honour from the Sovereign

(3) riding a horse (4) athletics (5) Government work (6) serv

ice (7) agriculture (8) doctor (9) fame (10) depositing of a

treasure (11) sacrifice (12) Pre-eminence (13) elders (14) tal

isman (15) incantations (16) mother (17) magnitude of moral

merits (18) medicine (19) thigh (20) gods (21) accomplishment

of a spell (22) prosperity (23) adopted son (24) a lord (25) road

(26) honour (27) honourable living (28) a prince (29) fame

(30) teaching (31) seal (32) supennacy (33) subjection and

(34) the intension to conunand are to be detennined from an examination of the 10th house.

~ q i { l ; \ f i I ~ ~ I ~ \ I ~ ; m ; T ' " < r o ~ " ' " .•~ ~ i i t ' l " q f . t ~ 1 \ 1 I I 1 , , 1 \ I 1 f " ~ ' I 1 l ! ; r 1 J . II <I, II

f ~ ~ ~ ; n , ~ s f l i ~ I'i

~ f i l ; q alIT~ " l i l f l l ~ ' I 1 I I I I I U I l I \ Q i ; r f i ! ~ 1 i I " I

' I ! ~ " ' ~ ( O l I W i l l t l ~ " " " . I \ f t : ~ t i \ l I ' I :~ ' ! I \ I ! ~ <NI 'Il'l.ll0l) ~ I I ' I 1 ~ 1 ~ : II II

fIIf\t1d'Qlla: ! f < ' l l l 1 q , , ~ " ' ~ 1 O I i l ~ l / I i I > I f l I f l a : ? i < t l ' l ~ ' I i ~ o q ~ I ~ ~ I ~ I

90ka 18 1,).20 (1) Gain from all sources (2) wicked de

sires (3) all kinds or receipts (4) dependency (5) eldest brotherlsister (6) paternal uncle (7) worshipping deities (8) worship

ping the good (9) learning (10) acquisition or gold and wealth

(11) extremely clever (12) paternal property (13) the knee (14)a pre-eminent place (15) love or ornaments and pearls (16)master's wealth (17) loss or interest on capital (18) gold ornaments ror one's lady love (19) wisdom (20) ministership (21)

brother- in- law (22) gain (23) dawn or rortune (24) wish rulfilment (25) easy gain (26) cooking (27) desire (28) mother(29) longevity (30) ear (31) the sbank (32) beautiful paintings

and (33) the skill in practical arts sbould be looked into fromthe 11th bouse.

1 i \ ~ ' I W ' I ' I ) t : q ' i i s r ~ l 1 i 1 s ~ ~ ~ , j ~ ; \ f i 1 f R l a r l R l ~ < n n " ' ~ I I , , " I I I T : ~ f " ' < i ft1J:n \I

l ; t " i i \ ( Q I _ l a f . I ! ! 5 R f ' ' ' ' ' I , , ~ ~ q \ l l """oj '" f q , " ( " e ~ q ' l " " ' 1 1 1 ~ ~ 1 1 ! ; ! 1 f I : I

~ ) : ;ft'l'1l'll'lllla'

f q i l : \ t \ " , " ~ ....,n.'\l'l(ft\m , " ~ n ~ ' I i " 1 ~ ",<II

< " f a ~ f \ \ ~ , ; q < ~ " i I \ I l I ~ ~ ~ ~ , " f t : " ' ~ I a : '

S9

Slob -10 ~ Z 2 Y.!: (1) Awakening from sleep (2) mentalagony (3) the two feet (4) fear from enemy (5) imprisonment

(6) liberation from pain (1) discbarge of debts (8) elephants(9) horses (10) paternal wealth (11) enemy (12) entry into heaven

(13) left eye (14) people's ellflli1y (IS) mutilation of a limb.(16) gallantry (17) loss through marriage (16) renouncing ihe

couch (19) tennination of the appointment (20) the place of

enemy's imprisonment in chains (21) mental agitation (22)

wretchedness (23) bann (24) a blow to the idea of happiness ofthe parents and brothers (25) discussion or dispute (26) anger

(27) physical injury (28) death (29) going to another place (30)expenditure througb all sources (31) loss of wife are tbe issues10 be deduced from the 12th house.

a t 1 1 1 1 1 ~ m f \ \ < f t ~ 1 I T ~ ~ " ' o i \ " " SI'I1 , " ~ q :... . ." ' ' ' 1 9 . ~ q ' ' ' 1 I G ~ ~ {OO'lq ,. II \I

n : ~ q l l ~ ~ ' I l l i . f i \ ' ! { i ~ I ~ l , , ~ a f t ~ , q " q ~ . n " " ' i ! p m ' ! l q \ l l q r ! ¥ l ' I

"'liITl(4.,Q ~ t ~ ; f i nil " ' U I l l i ! t l ! 1 ~ : Ii'I1il ~ ( 1 { f ' l ' < l d q ~ 1 ~ ~ ~ ~

<(I ~ R i " ~ : l I f ~ : i j ' I i ( l l < ~ t > f \ ' I R ~ ~ l t t l ' l q f t \ " " { l I " 1 f t n . q ( f \ 1 1 1 1 a;r.t: I

60

~ ~ . ' ' ' ( i f ' l l {r.iI '" '!?::

q m " , ~ ....~ . ~ l f \ { l m ~ ~ ' 1 H

II...

"1I"1'lAA.",\1Wll ",,('trot. ~ .

lilt: I

ICsIrkaho or Planets

SIoka 21 Y.t-25 Y.t The following belong to the Sun: (1) Thesoul (2) power (3) intense severity (4) fortress (5) good strength

(6) heat (7) splendour (8) firc (9) worship of Siva (10) courage(11) tbomed trees (12) being in royal (avour (13) biUemess

(14) old .ge (IS) cattle (16) w;ckedness (17) land (18) falhe'

(19) taste (20) self-realisation (21) skyward look (22) one born

of a timid woman (23) world of mortals (24) square (25) bone

(26) v.lou, (27) grass (28) lhe belly (29) slrenuous effort (30)forest (31) balf a year (32) eye (33) wandering over the moun-

18;ns (34) quadruped (3S) lUng (36) I"vemng (37) deal;ng (38)

bite (39) scorch (40) circular shape (41) eye disease (42) body .

(43) timber (44) mental purity (45) lordship of tbe whole country '

(46) freedom from disease (47) Lord of Saurashtra state (48)

ornament (49) disease in tbe bead (SO) pearls (51) Lord of sky

(52) short like a dw.rt (53) Ion! of Ibe Easl (54) CoPP" (55);

blood (56) kingdom (57) a red cloth (58) a stone (59) public

life (60) river bank (61) coral (62) strong at mid-day (63) East

(64) Mouth (65) long standing anger (66) capture of the enemy

(67) satvika (pure) (69) red chandan or saffron (69) hostility

and (70) thick cord.

! ~ : ! l . < q ' ! ! I t ; ~ " I t " ; ( ' " I 1 N f u 0 1 I ~ ~ -~ " , q \ ' l f a ! l ; ; I ! " F l ~ ~ ' 1 ~ " ' ' 1 q l q ' ; ; ! ' l i I : " ~ ~ , ,

f ; i ~ l I ~ a , , ' i I « l I { a . ~ ~ a ' " l \ l '11\!f1 l 1 q a > . ' ; j i " , ~ " t n I " I , t ; i ' I " ~ " ' i I

' I 1 " ~ c j m i . l l i l i j " ' ' ' ' ' ' ' i ; « \ ' ' ' ~ : !(lim)

. " " ' ~ j ' ! J « l ! 1 1 i ' ' l i I f ; a ' l d i l ' ~ I : " n

61

.. r " , q ~ ~ " , < q f u ' ' ' ' : ~ r l l 1 i \ ' { ' I " " . .$500: ~ ~ I l " .G ~ ' \ , , ~ : 1--lWiI' ......

. . ~ ' ..:.... •.. 4... "' .. -jqqj'lllil!! ... ~ l m I l l 8 l l :

I I t I ! r " l : f . ~ q .. q . .... ~ \ ; t t ; f r ( .. " , . : II

o f t ~ ~ ~ l 1 q i { ..t "i l;1<qjqq:

~ ' f ; I I ; i ! ! O ' U I

....a': o r i \ ' l q \ { ~ ~ ~ I f l ' ! f . ' ~ 'lv-t ~ \ J "11ft . ~ f . I . n : II '(q, aSIoka·25-Ih-29 (1) Intelligence (2) flower (3) good per

rune (4) going to a fortress (5) disease (6) Brahmin (7) idleness

• (8) Phlegmatic humour (9) epilepsy (10) enlargement of the

spleen ( t l ) mtntal disposition (12) heart (13) woman (14) virtue

or vice (I S) sourness (16) sleep (17) happiness (18) any thinglike waler (19) s ilver (20) thick sugarcane (21) typhoid (22)

travel (23) well (24) lank· (25) mother (26) impartiality (27)

mid-day (28) pearls (29) consumption (30) whiteness (31)waistband (32) bell-metal (33) salt (34) short s t a t u ~ (35) mind

(36) .bili'y (37) pond (38) diamond (39) winle, . . .son (4D) •

break of 48 minutes «mabutllta» (41) £.acial lustre (42) white

colour (43) belly (44) worshipping Goddess Gauri (45) honey(46) joking (47) lIOuri,bmen, - (48) whea' (49) pleuu. . (50)splendour (51) face (52) sharp in thought (53) love of curd(54) mendicant (55) fame (.56) beauty (57) strength at night

(58) facing westward (59) learned (6) saline (61) getting a job

(62) love for west (63) the middle WOrld (64) nine gems (65)middleage (66) life (67) eating (68) going to br otT countries

(69) ailment of the shoulders (70) Umbrella or any other royalinsignia (71) good fruits (72) blood purity and vitality (73) ftSb.

and otber water creatures (74) serpent (75) silk gannents (76)good budding (77) brilliant tbing9 (78) clean crystal and (79)soft and velvety clothes :-all these belong to the Moon.

~ , q . ' ~ " ~ ~ I 1 1 ~ I ( ; ; ; u > f t ~ o m ~ ' l I -liIo ' l ~ R m , . ~ ~ i J ~ ' ( I ( " M ~ f i r I I : ,•

62

3 ! r " q I N q f u ~ < t l i ~ ~ ' l 7 1 i N 1 I l ' ~ ' ' l f ~ ~ r f u ! ! ~ l l I W f i " ' ! l R . r ! l l r ~ ; ~ ? : < ' i qlU!: I

!1'Usrui;JQ ' i ~ r ;j;Mq\>lI" t ' " . ~ i \ q l ! l 1 ~ < ; ~ ' \ . " " ' ~ ~ ; J > 7 f \ 6 ' < f i f . ; ~ I ( ~ II Ii

t q ! / l < q ~ I ! f , " r R ~ ~ " I . I / l l i ~ ~ ~ ~ " f . l i \ ' { q ( ' I N ~ . ~ " i l ! I 1 r " N ~ r l l < ' l i I I r

( i " i i . ' S 1 4 i ' 1 ' { ~ t ~ " S I ( ~ ; j ; ' ( H ""'I; : : n t ( l n ~ ! 1 ~ ' I i ~ ~ ! I 1 q < f i v t F . l i t Ii 1\

6 m f . l , " , . ~ ~ " ~ , , , ~ ' l I "6 f i f ~ ~ ' { 1

; j ; 1 ' I . r . t ' m ' ' ' ' ' ' ~ ( ~ \ j ' : '<\011\: i'" i

" ' 1 O O ~ r ( i e ' l " " i ! . i ' l I ; l a ; ! l r l l { : 1:;111 q f u F . l ; l 1 " ~ ~ "fiR'!'!I""".' \I H Ii

. m i l ( 1 l 1 ( " ' " 3 ! l l ' ! ! i ~ , . ~ . , , -

*"""II\i,,,, ~ ' i l i I t l l " ' f q l ! l 't'T.I i

S&oka-JO..3J Ih ( 1) Prowess (2) land (3) s tre ngth (4)

carrying arms for the battle (5) Kings hip (6) loss of verility (7)thief (8) battle (9) hostility (10) ene my (11 ) generos ity (12)

love for dee p red colour things (13) owning a ga nJen (14) soundof a trumpet (IS) affection (16) quad ruped (17) king (18) fool

(19) anger (20) going to a foreign count ry (21) fimmcss (22)

supporter (23) fire (24) controversy (25) bile (26) heal (27)

wound (28) serv ice under a ruler (29) day (30) sky (31 ) seeing

(32) short ness (33) disease (34) fame (35) tin (36) sword (37)lance or spear (38) minister (39) frac ture of a limb (40) jewel

(41 ) praying to God Subrnhmanya (42) youth (43) pungent

(44) Dumar Hall (45) ea rthen pots (46) obstacles (47) fl esh·ealer (48) caluminating others (49) victory over enemy (50)

63

bitter (1) strong at the end of the night (52) gold (53) summer

season (54) valour (44) enemy's strength (56) profundity of

character (57) strength (58) man (59) tendency (60) God Brahma

(61) axe (62) forester (63) Village headman (64) state inspeclion (65) pain while passing _urine (66) square (67) goldsmith(68) rogue (69) burnt place (70) good dinner (71) leanness (72)deft in archery (73) blood (74) copper (75) a beautiful cloth

(76) facing South (77) inclining towards South (78) desire (79)anger (80) scandal (81) house (82) an anny commander (83)

Sataghni, a weapon (84) a tree (85) Sarna Veda (86) brother

(87) spade or hatchet (88) looking after the wild animals (89)independence (90) persistency (91) land (92) judge (93) ser

pent (94) world (95) speech (96) ficlde mindedness (97) mounting a vehicle (98) sight of blood (99) coagulation of blood, all

these and many more things have been credited by tbe wise asbelonging to Mars. .

f u l l ; f i ; r ! ! ~ W ' l i ) \ T " f U T a \ J ; ~ I f . \ 'l!..m::;Il:.'Ir>.;Hi ~ ~ ( l ; . , ' l ' i . 1'1'17. , f I l I ~ ; J J l I ~ f t a :

'"q<1!)fu'l<ii>i1!;' t \ " ' 1 ~ l i j ~ ' i 1 ; ; ' 1 ! 1 '1,lul.>i '!',{'lOr ' l ' ' 1 ~ ~ ; a ~ [ ; ! I ~ { T : ,

p ; r t ~ ' I~ ~ ' ! o i t " " i j q ' 1 q i ~ ' f . t " T ~ i l T ' , , ~ ,- - """' H T ' 1 ! i ! ' ' ! R ' ~ ' ~ I ' ' ' l ; r : . . . .TI'l'l[{' " I ~ :

t a ~ · ( ~ i l ~ ) ' f . ~ ~ ~ I \ J ' R i ; \ ~ T ; ; ~ ; j ' 1 f i 1 ; ~ I ~ ~ f u ~ ' 1 T a ' ; l ~ ~ ; ( [ f : " ~ I u ( : ~ 1 1 : I

~ T > f f " ) ' ' 1 ' l f t : . f ¥ : > ~ " ~ 1 1 ! i ; 1 ! I ; , , ~ I ' l i fii q)

f l r ' I J f ) ' l T I i ~ ~ ~ q ~ ~ ~ : ; r T 'iI'll ' 1 1 1 ~ , a T ~ ! I " ~ . n i l h n ~ " ~ i ' ~ ' q [ ~ ! i W trll:

tr1.ih lIllI'I,: t r l l ~ ' l i t ' 1 T ' 1 ' 1 ! ~ I ! 1 f l ! ' l ' : I

'11q1uiUt'li iT"". iT Il!/ ~ I I { T { ; n ~ i j ~ t ~ ' " f " : : F I I I ! ! < ; ! I I " 1 1 ! ' i l l l . I I ~ I a ; ; r l ~ i l i l : '1"""1:

II ~ 1 1 II

II ~ I S II

64

-SIok.34 \' ~ Y T Mercury rules over (1) education (2) borses

(3) treasury 94) mathematics (5) wisdom (6) speech (7) Brah

min (8) int'anlry (9) writing (10) new garment (11) palatialbuilding (12) green colour (13) sculpture (14) astrology (15)

pilgrimage to holy places (16) wise lectures (17) Icmplc (18)trading (19) best ornaments (20) courteous speec;b (21) Ve

danta pbilosopby (22) maternal-grand-father (23) bad dreams

(24) eunuch (25) fac;ng North (26) skin (27) we' (28) bell

metal (29) renunciation (30) Ritu (season) (31) • beautiful bouse

(32) doctor (33) neck (34) influencing througb recitation of

manilas (33) cbild (36) crooked look (37) heave. (38) -modealy(39) pa . .mal relaHon (40) rear (41) clandng (42) devo';on (43)

humorous temperament (44) powerful in tbe moming (4S) He

manta Ritu (46) slone to sharpen knives (47) tranquility (48)

navel (49) family prosperity (SO) mixed items (51) proficient

in Ttlugu language (52) worship of lord Vishnu (53) Sudn

(54) Inn! (55) after- born (56) dep,h or • language (57) 'he D;

rections (SS) Albarv. Veda (59) religious action (60) tower(61) dust (62) garden (63) pudendum virile (64) even (65) benefic(66) moving in villages (67) impartial nature (68) ' rond or North

West quarter (69) well versed in tbe legends or the past (70)

specialist in grammar (71) expert in testing or the precious

stones (72) a scbolar (73) maternal uncle (74) sacred prayer

(7S) an amulet and (76) spells or a high order.

~ ~ t < I ~ t < A i I i { ~ " ( l d ~ ~ 1 1/lqlu) " ' f , \ ~ l f l I l O f t q t u : ~ ~ 8 I ' " . , . ~ :

~ ~ ' i \ f W ~ q ~ " I r t ; q l f l l r i " n i q U ~ R ' A 8 I q ( l l \ l t ' ~ I \ l I ( 1 i I ~ I 5 1 : " ~ ~ "

~ 1 ( \ l q f , \ f f i I ( , q ' l Q \ l > " , ; j \ ~ l i j l q : I

" ~ . n q " I ( , , q ~ ~ I ! ~ lilii l I f q , n . m l P l ! l ~ ~ " , , " ' ~ ' > l i I , , " : " ~ . , "

",q.;1 ~ o t ~ ( \ 1 " ' " " , ~ ' " - h -

~ ' ( ! . . i " - i " ' 1 { 1 i ( I l ~ R ~ . ' 1 'If'l. :

.oft: " ~ I i ' " n l . q i l l ~ ' ' 1 ~ t ' l ' ' t l d i i ~ I ' I O i f ' .. ~ : ' \

iIllI"llq'l'lt'l " I l ! ~ g lit'll: qt, '" . .

. f m l l l l : t ' i II,!,'!: ' 1 ~ ~ { l ! ' 1 ~ ~ ~ i{1'r , ! " " q ; f , : ~ " "'l'f.tl!ll'6;\fIR;. . •

<c 16 ~ ' I l l ; ! l " " lQR1l1I t l l l ' ! t ' l ~ ! ! ' l ! t ••

~ ~ ' l t ' l ' l ~ f e " ' i R i ! t < t t t q R ' n ~ gil:

65

11 I/o 11

11 \ / ~ 11

Sioka 314-41 ( I) Brahmin (2) Guru (3) one's dUly (4) Chariot

(5) cow (6) infantry (7) savings (8) Meemamsa (9) treas ure

(10) hol5C (11 ) curd, etc. (12) large body (13) Valour (14)

reputation (IS) logic (16) ,astrology (17) son (18) grandson

( 19) dropsy (20) wealth of elephants (21) philosophy (22) great

grand· fathers (23) paJaciaJ house (24) gems (25) eldest brother(16) grand father (27) Lord loon (28) cold season (29) wrath

(30) jewel (31) merchant (32) physical health (33) • beautiful

mansion (34) royal honour (35) thigh (36) Gods (37) penance

(38) charity (39) n:1;gious duty (40) belp;ng otbe . (41) ;mpar·

liality (42) facing North (43) circular (44) yellow colour (45)

moving in villages (46) North (47) close friend (48) swinging

(49) orator (SO) rat (51) old gallnent (52) I new house (53) happiness (54) old (55) Mantras (56) twice born (57) holy water

(58) knee (58) movement in heaven (60) I house granting allcomforts (61) intellect (62) proficiency in learning (63) litera

ture (64) tower (65) channing an audience (66) throne (67)installation of God Bnhma (68) t ~ n g at all times (69) month

(70) Vessels (71) Lapis Lazuli (72) fruitsof

Agnisthoma rite(73) sweet juice (74) being Good (75) happiness (76) misery(77) lengtb (78) gentleness (79) reading olber's mind (SO) gold

(81) ornamentalion (82) device (83) wind (84) pblegm (85)topaz (86) vedic text (87) brilliancy (88) softness (89) • Slone(90) worship or lord Shiva (91) performing ooc's religious dutiesand (92) travelling in a well-decoraled carriage,lall these are

assigned to Jupiler.

66

<3'llf'll i j { [ ' ~ { ~ ' 1 1 ~ I ~ f . q t < ~ l 8' ' q ' l l i l ~ " i l i l ! I i I i ~ l ; I i ; l ' I l ' ~ ' l l \ l i l i l : I

;fi\ fii ' , ' I I : 'II ~ a l ! t q f ~ ~ 'ill {if, lf , " q ~ 1 q ' J { [ ~ i j ' ~ I ! l ' f . l q ' i i ~ ~ i l i l :

111;;::l!'MRlIi'ln i j { i j ~ l . n ~ 1 1 l 1 ' l i ~ ~ : I

tfta\ l 1 " ~ " l 1 l " " ' I < I 1 ~ l

{ll1lfll'l :~ ' I ! )

'l<'{l l I 1 " 1 f < 1 R , , " , l f ; o u ~ ' I l l m ; ; q ' 1 ; ' H . " I : ~ 1 ~ " r . i R " l I ~ ' I ; H ~ ' I I ' I " I ~ ~

•

~ " ' 1 t ( I ( i I \ I ' a ~ ~ ~ 1 i j ! l { R t ; : : i j 1 3 I : Il\li ~ \ . < l ~ " ; " , ~ f . ! 1 1 1 J ' l l ~ ~ h , , ) ' 1 l ~ ' l i f l I j J q , " 1 ~ H l ! l 'I1C:ilil,;,t,fit:

~ ~ i t l ' r " ' 1 l I " I ~ ( ' I ; : : ; 1 I I 1 ~ 1 "1'1''11''161 .

~ i f i > ~ " ~ f " , n '1'''''1\1 ' l " ~ ' : : I ' ' ! l : I

tV thn'l"l! I fit ~ ' i ' f> 1f;1,ijI 'Ii'lla:<r. :

. .~ . q l ' . 1 {'I ' l l ~ " ~ ' 1 i ! ' ; "I1?!l;!.,:;!: ~ \ l ' l .

'l:I ' l ' l r r r . i \ < r . ~ r i r t i I l f l < ! T I ~ 'I'll

",f1IlI"l"" 1 ~ P < ~ ~ < i ' 1 ~ : ; ! l \ ' I 1 i t . I

11 V, II

11 II

11 VV 11

11 V'" 11

S l o ~ 42-45 Venus presides over .(I) while umbrella p ) a

good chowric (3) garment (4) m;miagc (5) income (6) a biped(man) (7) woman (8) Brahmin (9) Subha (10) While ness (II)

wife (12) sexual happiness (13) short (14) sour (15) nower(16) command (17) fame (18) Youthful vigour (19) Vehicle

' (20) silver (21) Soulh·Easl quarter (22) saltish (23) ogling (14)scrnlching (25) half a monlh (26) Ihe qualily of passion (27)

slrong (28) pearl (29) Yajur Veda (30) Vaisya (31) beauty (32)

buying and selling (33) love-making (34) watery resort (35)

67

elephant (36) horse (37) variegated colour (38) poetry (39)danc ing (40) middle age (41) singing (42) enjoyment (43)

happiness from the wife (44) gems (45) fond of humour (46)

swimmer (47) servant (48) luck (49) variegated lustre (50) ahandsome Youth (51) Kingdom (52) scents (53) garland (54)Vccna (55) flute (56) amusement (57) lovely gait (58) eight

kinds of wealth (all sorts of pleasures) (59) well formed limbs

(60) sparing in meals (61) spring season (62) ornaments (63)

incline d towards maintaining several women (64) eye (65) truth

spea king (66) proficiency in art (67) semen (68) water sports

(69) profundity of character (70) Pre-eminence (71) r p ~ i t t e(72) musical instrument (73) decoration for the stage (74) fond

of amorous sports (75) broken health (76) love, as chief busi

ness .(77) grea tly respected and hi ghl y esteemed (78) fondness

for while garments (79) Sharat Natya ma (SO) Government seal

(81) a lord (82) worshipping Goddess Parvati and Lakshmi

(83) sexual pleasures (84) gentleness (85) much emaciated (86)

day silting mothers (87) literary composition, deft at writing

poetry (88) black hair (89) auspicious (90) mysterious or genital

organs (91) urine (92) moving in the region of good serpents

(93) afternoon (94) knowledge of the generative organs and

the secret connected with it.

, " I ~ ' ' ' R ~ f u ~ ; > l ' ' I ~ ~ a ' ' l q I'lQlll'lllf.l Iiihii " " ~ f l I i i ' l P ; I q ' 1 I 1 " " , " t e ~ " ' l ~ I l f i ~ < I : II \/ 11

" I " I ~ I fll'l5\llrW'" """Ill ;fhl<ea:liI"RI

q l ' i a : ' l ~ G " ; F < ' F i I ~ l I 1 ~ a l r ! l i l ; l e r ! f ; ' l l : I

O { I ' I I 1 : i H f u I ; q ~ " q ' l : ' l l q l ~ , " ~ , , \ f . \ ; l l ' l ~ I ' i ~ ; l I ' < 1 ' f l ~ ~ ~ H ~ < ' l ' < l " " q ! 1 1 1 " " \/15 11

~ ~ ; i i ~ a " " " ~ " ' . R l l l ~ ; ' m ~ ' l ~ " I . , q ~ i ! " , , ' f . i " l I ~ _ ' l ~ ' 1 I 1 q l q l f " "I I

'1M 1I1!1 " ; f t ~ " " ' l q f i l I ; ; i i ~ ~ a : I ~ I i ~ , e l l : f . i i : J i l i l : " ' I { " , I S ; ' l : ! i ~ f q l " l i l l ~ 1 q ~ ! ! , , 1 II \ I , 11

68

< f t ~ " ' i I i < ~ ( ' I ~ l ; I q r ! l { q ! J i 1 I I i < f l ~ ; j \ q l ' l ..S ' ~ l { ~ ' \ '!ifit<fl q i l H ! ~ ' l ~ i ( T T f u , j t : I1iI'lili': I

hrl;qfllq'lr'l('l1.. q ~ l t 8!nqli"ll'tat

Wi" l f i \ l ' l i ~ A ' 6 q i ! ~ ' ' l i t < f I ~ t i ~ s f i t ' t II ~ Q , II~ t ~ " l i I ! l I [ < l T q 6 " A q ' l . t i " H i l i r f o i " ~ ; f t R l ( M f . t q l ~ ~ ' ! i ~ ~ " ~ t : i j ~ { l . t i ll'll{. I

01'lI!l1 "jtql<::'Il {ft\{61 '1;I1J;:.'H'IR:ar

1 i ! i ' { ' l l i j i l i \ l r , i \ q ~ t l l [ l : i l i t f o ; " f l t ~ ~ i I : II " . "

SIoIw 4S 'h·SO The following are ascribed 10 Salum:

(1) laziness, clc. (2) obstruction (3) horse (4) elephant (5) skill

(6) gain (7) proof or witness (8) distress (9) sickness (10) mis·

understanding (ll) misery (12) death (13) happiness through a

woman (14) maid servant (lS) asses and mules (16) outcaste

(17) one with disfigured limbs (18) haunting woods (19) handsome

look (20) gift (21) a lord (22) a portion of life (23) eunuch (24)

ODe born of the lowest caste (2S) birds (26) the three sacred

fires (27) a servile duty (28) unrighteous conduct (29) one

without manliness (30) telling lies (31) long lasting (32) wind

(33) old age (34) tendons and muscles (35) strong at the end of

tbe day (36) Sisira Ritu or winter (37) great-anger (38) exerlion (39) born of a very low mother (40) bastard (41) Golaka' (42) dirty clothes and bouse (42) wicked mind (44) friendship

with the wicked (45) black colour (46) evil (47) cruelty (48)

ashe, (49) black grai. . (SO) go"" (51) iron (52) nobHily (53)a year (54) Sudra (55) Vaisya (56) one representing the father

(57) learning the trade of anotber class (58) crippled (59) sharp

(60) a blanket (61) facing West (62) life saving drugs (63)downward look (64) living by agriculture (65) arsenal (66) astudent belonging to anotber caste (67) external position (68)

fondness for tbe North-Eastern quarter (69) serpent world (70)downfall (71) lost battle (12) wandering (73) a spear (74) lead(75) misdirected strength (76) a Turk (77) worn out (78) oil

(79) wood (80) Brahmin (81) the Tamas (82) travelling through

forests and over mountains (83) hard-heartedness (84) fear (85)



69

long standing distress (86) hunter (87) ugly hair (88) entiresovereignty (89) 81ann (90) goats and the like (91) buffalos

and the like (92) indulging in sex pleasure (93) dressing oneself for amorous appeals (94) worshipping God Yama (95) dog

(96) theft and (97) cruel-bearted_

- -." r I ! H l t \ l ! l { f ~ ~ { ; j W i l " " i l : q l m r " ~ \ ; M I ~ ~ T tal l " ' ' ' I I ~ I

~ r o ~ I ! ~ I " l ~ i 1 l ~ r ~ j R r f " " ! l . q l ' l b l S ' i \ ~ P I " ' I I ~ 1 1 I 1 1 1 1 ~ ' B r ~ , , " ' 1 1 1 1 1 \I t II

~ ! l r . q q ( ~ A q ~ 9 " ' { l ~ 1 1 ~ : .... ~ " ' l a R N ~ l I \ f . I ~ 4 i ' t M \ J l s f t f . l " ' t ~ : I

! f t ~ (I-;iQ611Q' 1 I ~ ! I l I I ' I 1 : ~ 1 I \ " l ~ " l 1 , " ~ ~ l l r a 1 ; u ~ ; f t a l a r 1 I ~ 1 f " ~ : II ~ ' ( II.-

1 f . r ~ ' l ! " " ~ r ~ ~ r q ' l " · ~ l q r " 1 f . r ilialq l l : ~ q q ~ f . 1 , ~ . q o q w , i t i e ( o : . i ( ip¥rqr

Sioka 51-52 Ih (1) Umbrella (2) Chowrie (3) kingdom

(4) gathering (5) fcl1acious argument (6) hUr1ing by speech (7)

tlowncast (8) wicked woman (9) decorated vehicle (10) an

irre ligious man (11) gambling (12) strong at twilight (13) in

triguing with a wicked woman (14) going abroad (1 S) impurity

(16) bone (17) enlargement of spleen (18) falsehood (19)

downward look (20) perplexity (21) emerald (22) facing the

Southern quarter(n )

shellerof

oul

easle or low people (24)painful swelling (25) a big foresl (26) wandering in rugged

places (27) mountain (28) pain (29) staying outside (30) tending towards Soulb-West (31) wind (32) phlegm (33) sonow

(34) selj>Ont (35) n;ght bu . . (36) sharp (37) long (38) reptH.

(39) reading of dreams (40) travel (41) a Muhurata (42) old age(43) a vehicle (44) world of serpents (45) mother (46) falher or

maternal grand-father (47) air (48) an acute or sha rp pain (49)catarrh (SO) breathing (51) greal prowess (52) forest (53)

wor.>hipper of Goddess Durga (54) wickedness (55) cohabita-

I

70

lion with quadrupeds (56) Urdu script (58) harsh words. These

belong to Rahu.

" , . i 1 ~ I " ( ~ i l q l f c ; ! ! ( , ~ ' 1 1 { ; . 1 ' 'li1l'IU~ 1 I ~ : " i 7 . ' l ' ! . ~ I " l t i ! l . ~ ~ ~ , r a " ' ( j : Ii , , ~ Ii" * I 6 I I ~ II ; R I . n s f . r . l f . l ' l 1 ~ ~ ffI!RJ:

qlqluj\ l f 1 I l " " ~ { I " , q " ' ' 1 ' ' I ! I ~ i ! . ' ' 1 ~ 1 I

' J ~ - q ~ " l I l f i i l / ~ ' n · ~ . ' l " l l I 1 ' I I ' " ,,1"lI<i1 t ~ R I ) s ~ " l i \ " " I " , f { ~ ~ l , q ' l l i l l q l ' " l l l ' l i II " " II

~ ~ " " '" f q ~ I " ~ ~ ! l i l ~ ' 1 I 1 > J . W I > l f W f l I ~ ~ \ H t . > i I 1 ~ ~ l r g < ' h , , ~ I

Slob 53-54 Y.t From Ketu the following may be looked

for: (1) Worship of God Chandeesa, GOO Ganesha and manyother gods (2) doctor (3) dog (4) a cock (5) vulture (6) salva

lion (7) all kinds of weallh (8) consumptio n (9) pain (to) fever

(1 1) bathing in the Holy Ganges (12) great penance (13) wind

(14) a Hunler ( 15) friendship (16) conferring of prosperity (17)

stone (18) wound (19) witchcraft (20) inconstancy (21) knowl

edge of Brahma (22) belly (23) eye-sore (24) stupidity (25)

thorn (26) deer (27) knowledge (28) observing silence as a fast(29) philosophy (30) all so rts of luxuries (3 1) luck (32) troublefrom enemies (33) loss of appetite (34) indifference to the world

(35) paternal grandfather (36) hunger (37) severe stomach

ache (38) boils and the like skin troubles (39) revoking th eorders of arrest and (42) the association of Sudra.

6. ~ ' j q : . e a s " , , : f . f l q ' l ( s N ~ l f i l ~ 11m lIit ~ f t a f t -' l I q ~ ~ I " q ~ l \ mS$'i;l; 'MHI. I

iflm !IT f ! \ l f ~ < I l a", '" 1l(a:<Il ~ " a l '" t \ ~ , ~ i i \ ~ : I ! I I ~ " f t ~ 1 I i ! ~ ~ , ! { f q 91 ~ l i 1 < 1 1 ~ ~ P I ' 1 II Ii

SECTION 6-The Duas aDd their effoets-

71

Planets in a Rasi can be found in one of the following•

mne

Avastthas or conditions:·

Sloka·1 (I) Deepta blazing • When the planet•

is in his exaltation

(2) Stimita Peaceful • when be occupies•

his own house

(3) Mudita happy • when he Is In a•

dear friend's house

(4) Santa Calm · when he is in afriend's bouse

.(5) HeeDa deficient • when is in a neutral's·

house

(6) Dukhha dejected • when he is in an en·

cmy's bouse

(7) Vikala failing • when he conjoins amalefic

(8) Khala • base • when be is defeated

in war

(9) Kopa angry • when be is eclipsed

by the rays of theSun

!II"''' qm:'Il!fiI !II ~ I ! i f ; f f i l!T",i(

d" . ~ 1 ~ i! @"m f{ a : ~ l I ~ < ~ n ~ R l i j l " i j I

< f I I I l < @ e a : ~ " f l ( l I r l 1 " I ~ lilli'"'''''' .< m ; ~ ! m f . a ~ { l I ( l r ~ ! J ~ ~ 1 ' i J ' < ' ' ' '

II, (I

Sloka.2 The fruits of the past Kannas of a native due to

his virtuous or vicious actions are denoted by the Dasas and

Bhuktis of planets (in hi s birth chart). Therefore, the Dasas of

the planets should be sub-divided and the results taking place

during their course should be known so that he may obtain the

desired happiness by performing necessary Shantis to get over

the evil if there be any.

72

~ i ~ ; g : I { a " : ! ; ! h ' l ~ f . I ~ ~ i q l ! ; ! ~ ' ' 1 I : Ii{

q;::f.:<r,\J?q ~ ~ 2 ' l f a ' ! t f i '11<'leQ't11 ~ l ; l l : I

i l J i I ~ 1 , , ~ ,,,HI: ~ ' l : { ' 1 a;;r-q';;il ,fi\ll-

Q ' 1 ' i l ' l ' l \ f ~ ~ q l ! R : ( l 1 5 " ' ~ 1 ~ ' Q ~ : II II

Slob · ) The Sun, the Moon, Mars, Rahu, Japiler, Sat

UnIt Mercury, Kelu and Venus arc ill their order the lonls of the

Dasa-periods of years denoted by the numbers 6, 10, 7, 18, 16,

19, 17, 7 and 20 respectively in years. Tbe particular Oasa withwhich tbe native has to start at birth is obtained in the following

manner: count from Krittika till the natal star (occupied by the

Moon at the moment of birth) inclusive and divide the number

by 9. The remainder will represent the lord of the nasa at birthcounted from the Sun onwards.

< i l ' ' ' l \ I i " , , ; n ~ ' f i 1 f ' l " I ! " ' I " ' i l , ~ l ( l T ~ a l -' 1 1 ~ : q ~ r n !!Ol f . q R : ' l i H , r . O O ! l ~ M < I . I

" i Q ' : a f " , a ' l l ~ i l i l f ' ' I R : ' ' ' l f l I \ l \ ~ 1 il'!to:[ l ~ ~ f l I ~ ~ : ' " ~ i ! f l I f 1 i l l f i ! " r n t ~ i l i l J , II II \I

Sloka·4 Note the number of Ghalikas, etc. still to pa ssof the astcnsm at birth; divide the same by the total Ghatikas

laken by the Moon to pass througb that star. Multiply tbis portion

by the relevant Dasa-period rererred to in the last sloka. The

quotient will be the number o r yea rs yet to pass in that Dasa .

The remainder ir multiplied by 12 and 30 will give the Dasa

period in months and days required.

a i l 1\01 ( l " ' ~ l a l f ; l , a l '1tetlQ'l f . \ ~ ~ l f i I ' I i : : i j ~ a l 'IaJl R'IIQ'l 'It\. 1\" \I

~ H ! i ~ I ! ~ ~ I ~ ' 1 , ' 1 ~ a l ~ i I i ' f i I ~ . j ) f " , a<t! m l ~ l ' I R : ' f i I ~ q f l l ~ ' 1 1 ~ ' > i T " ~ f ) a '!i""'- I



•

73

SIoka 5-5 Y.! Multiply the Dasa.years of a planet by the

Dasa·years or tbe other planet whose Bhukti or sub-period is

desired. The productwill

be in 2 or 3 digits. The numberdenoted by the first two digits, in the case under study, will be

the number of months contained in the Bhukti. and the last digit

multiplied by 3 will give the required days etc. The periods of

all the Bhuktis in the seve"'8l Oasas should be prepared in this

mannllr. Convert tbe Bhukti period into days and multiply the

same by the number denoting the Dasa-years of a planet. Take

a moiety of the product. This will indicate lhe Vidasa or Antaraof tbe Planet in terms of Gbalikas etc. and when this is divided

by 60 it will de note the period in days. The Sukshamadasa

should also be similarly Clleutated, and the peculiarity is that

the numbers each below the other in their order will signify the

Sub-period in days, Ghatikas and Vighatikas.

Examplo : Jupiter's Bhukti period in tbe Dasa of Venus is ob

tained by multiplying ' 16 x 20 . The product is 320 and thismeans 32 months and nil days.

Similarly calculate ·the sub-period of the Moon in the

above Jupiter's Bhukti in the following manner.

Convert the 32 months into days, thus: 32 x 30 or 960

days. Multiply it by 10. the Dasa period of the Moon, and take

into ronsideration only a half of the product ie., 960 x 10 x 1/2 = 4800. This will denote the number of Ghatikas of the Moon 's

Antar. When this is converted into days, it will be; 4800 + 60

or. 80 days

«. ' t i ! " ' ~ 1 'Rlf\\ ~ ~ ~ ' l i 1 t l . ' l . ' I -~ " , q l l ' ( l ! ' l f t f f i q ~ i j \ . ' l ! l 1 ! 1 l ~ I ~ { r - l :

l n ~ l : " ' ' ' ' ' ' ~ 1 1 f \ \ ' I i 1 ! f l I ~ i . ' l 1 1111111\(1"1111 '11-

nf\\1(111! I ! t l ~ ' I i l q " ~ i l i l f l : ~ l f ~ .1'11 'II•

90ka SY.t-eh When the Sun is auspiciously pos ited in a na

tivity, during his Dasa period, the man roncemed will have

sons, intelligence, wisdom, status and powers, knowledge, wealth,fame, va lour, happiness and divine blessings. Should this Sun

74

be in an inauspicious position the native will pass through great

hardships, making all his efforts useless, causing waste of money

and loss of position. Both tbe disease and enemy will troublehim. be will incur royal displeasure, ill-health to Catber and

many other similar misfortunes will take place during this period.

" ' ~ ' ' l . i I ! 1 l ; \ I 1 'Ii{IR1 "';J;ft";,j'l@GliliITa:'Ii'

~ " m l q ' l ~ f 1 ! 6 r n : ~ ~ { " ' \ ! i / ! " " I ; ~ I ~ ' l i I ~ II IS II

('<:!:q l ~ ! i / 1 ' i \ ~ ' l ' J . i q t l f l ' l ' < : l o l " I W q ' l

~ t l " ' l ! , ! ' 6 q l < r ~ { " ' ' l i l l l l f e : ~ a ... I

Slob 6 1h-7 Ih Should the Moon be auspicious, the mother's

prosperity and the building of tanks and the like may be expected. The native will get lands, gardens, bouses, tbe bless

ings of good Brahmins. wealth. prosperity and joy-rides or

palanquins. When this Moon is unfavorable, the man concernedwill suffer [rom the want of food. will lead a miserable life,

devoid of pleasure and wealth, suffer from diseases; will be

lacking in wisdom and will be loathed; suffer tbe loss of his

mother, will lose temper and develop fevers like typhoid.

1 1 1 q ! ' i f i l ! : 1 l ; ~ 1 ' I i ~ T f i l ~ ! ! ' I T ~ 1 t l \ 2 ' W ~ 1 1 1 1 1 -~ " ' l ; I , , ~ q " I ' R I ' f i I l I l ' l I I f < \ ~ ' 1 f " 1 m " ' l ~ II <: II

qf1!IWII1l;!i/liJanrn ~ ~ t ~ " " r l l ~ 1 I l 1 "'"1-

~ ~ l I T f R l { t l q r < f \ \ \ " ! l " ' ' ' l I i l ' 1 I R ' l ~ l q ' n l l . ISIoka 7 'h-8 "h The Dasa of Mars, if auspicious, will give

,he native lands, wished for things, knowledge, a clear mind.

prowess, wealth, destruction of enemies and advent of brothers. Should this Mars be unfavourable there will be distress to

brothers, misunderstandings, quarrels, troubles through lands,

danger from fire, wounds, weakening of eyesight and the like,

trouble from Govenunent, misunderstandings with good people

sword cuts and ailments.

\ l ~ ' ' 1 1 ' l . I ! : 1 l ; ! i / 1 ..{Ita

~ ~ " I " " ' I ~ " I ; ' i ) < ~ ;.1'1: \ l 1 < ; q ' l ~ l ; I F i ! f < r ; \ q ~ , a ' \ I ! \ ' ~ I " " I ~ II II

;ihlll ' I 1 q ; : : ~ 1 l f . I ~ ~ ~ I I ' I ' l i I I ! I ; I ~ ; l l ! ; ) ' 1 -l & I m " ~ f i l t " " l l f o ; r " , , , ~ ~ r " " r ~ 1

q;::: I

75

SWm 8 Y.z..9 Y.t When in a nativity Mercury is auspicious,

the native will get, during his Dasa, gannents, limitless wealth,

corn, position. prosperity, bappiness, mansion relations, sue·

cess and fulfilment of wished for things and objects. I f he is

malefIC, the man concerned will go to a foreign country, be

short-tempered, suffer the loss of relatiom, intellectual dimi·

_nution, get trouble from the trading class, have disputes, suffertbe loss of land and money and many more calamities

a f t ~ ) i t > l ! ; : : ~ r liOfiI ~ ~ ( I [ ! I I ' I r f \ 1 < m r < ' 1 o r " ' \ \ l 1 ' 1 1 " ' ! J " I f < l i U f u < l ' l " r ' l l l ; I'ItitllIfo>l'lit;f.l'll'lJ'I1 fa!;) 'II I

Qoka 9 Y.J..10 'h When Jupiter is au spicious he makes themaD concerned the headman of the village, blesses him with

children. wealth and prosperity. He will possess all the virtues

on earth, wilt have many dependents, horses, joyrides and otber

comforts. Should tbis Jupiter be inauspicious, he will get royal

displeasure, mental agony, sickness, loss of courage, want of

com and money; displeasure of Brahmins, that of his own fa

tber, trouble for want of proper meals and consumption.

'lJ1i1i1 " g ~ ~ T ",i\fij tlTiHiI ' 1 1 " ~ "*.'Il'il it!-

~ " ' I l ' l O , ~ q ~ r ~ i I i " " ' l n ' l 1 , . , " I ~ l f . l q ~ , -" , , , , , i j ' l ~ i f l ~ ~ l q " ' ~ i ; \ ! f W l ~ 1 iiI~ i 'l: !-

SIoka 10 'h-U Ih A favourable Venus will usher in happi

ness, prosperity, high status, joyrides or palanquins, the eight

kinds of wealth, anxious to be virtuous in a very high degree,

have gold, garden, horses, music and festivities. Should thisVenus be malefic, it will cause trouble to the wife. The native

76

will be inclined to do all wicked deeds, suffer tbe loss of wealth

and there will be a big theCt in his house. He will conunit blun

ders; remain sick from the incureable diseases for a long _time

due 10 his intrigues with women folk.

~ ! ~ ~ I ' l i i 1 ~ ~ ' 5 J I f ~ " I R ' I i -~ ' R r , , ~ { \ f ' ) " ' ' l ' l i ~ ~ ' ' l I q l ' ~ ~ ' a ' l i l ~ \I \I

'11;(1 q ( q ( q ~ ~ ' l ) I I " , ; r ~ ) ; ( 1 ~ l I b ~ ,

.

U " ' l i I \ d l ! ~ 1 ( ' I i ( ' l f ~ ' l i i . ' l I ' \ ~ 1 " l f 1 l ; ~ I ' I ) ~ 'IF!. r

SIoka 11 11.1-12 % Wben Saturn is posited in a nativity in avery auspicious position his Dasa will prove prosperous, willgrant him intelligence; he will make many sacrifices (yagyas).

He will possess lands and become the headman of the village or

a small town. He will rise to be a big merchant or clever inmultifarious activities and will be very enthusiastic. I f this Saturn

is malefic there will be poisoning. loss of wealth. trouble inbody, etc. and state displeasure. He will indulge in forbidden

acts, cripple himself and suffer from diseases etc. causing greathindrances.

{ l r f . ~ ~ 1 'linRl ~ q ; i . ' l I l " I ' I ~ ~ " % o 0

1 ( " i ' l i ~ " ~ ' ' l f ' ' l i . ' l ' l l ! l ; r l l ' l R ~ ' l R . \I ~ ~ \I

{Itl: q l q ~ l s f t l f t f a f l , , " : Il"ili'{rlflm>

; ; \ H " r ' ' ' l ; ? ! f l I ~ l ~ t ~ " q ; r m f a q o f t ~ I ~ ' I I ' ! , I

SIoka 12 1h-13 Ih When, in any nativity , Rahu's Dasaproves auspicious he will bestow on the mall concenlcd all

round prosperity, a high position of authority, all sorts of vir

tues and wealth. The native will visit the holy shrines, will

acquire sacred knowledge and power. Should this Rahu be

untoward, the native will have to face danger from reptiles,

poison, d'isease and ailments all over tbe lxxIy, danger from

missiles and fire, opposition from the mean, a rau from the treeand suffering at the hands of the enemies.

~ ~ I J I ",fifo M;(q,{{f!!i>n>ltllll'

~ ~ " I J l q f i l i 1 l i ' l 1 1 l " l i l i ' A ~ R l T I J ~ " I ' l . ~ l : ' I l q ; : : ~ iSfiI'l>l! ~ ' f , i 1 l l ' l > t f l r . - i \ . : j · " I {

' ~ i 1 l l f ~ { " " " " ~ S l S I ; i [ q l f i l ' l : & f ; r n l I

•

\I ,\I \I

77

13 ~ 1 4 1h During the Dasa of Ketu, when he is auspicious. success will be assured in all directions; there will be

acquisition of wealth through bloody acts, favourable fortune

through a foreign king. efforts for poetical compositions andthe destruction of the enemy. When Ketu is adverse he will

bring in miseries in the life of the native, he will make fruitless

efforts; will do unprofitable things; suffer loss of position;

rheumatism or sharp pain in the heart, tuberculosis, trembling

,i ii over the body, misunderstanding with th e Brahmin folk and

will commit worst of the follies .

<!lll<<i\Q(liill!;( ~ ' I I I ; : : ' 1 l ! 1 1 ' l ' J n l " i .q:

i1I<1 i j ~ . ' f i R \ . \ f . \ S I ~ ~ I i f . l ~ It ' l , ~ q ~ ' II t \I

~ 1 , I ; r ' l ' l a ' fo",)Q(Qfil!!,;:e1 \ l ' l I ! t , ~. ~ I ~ J { ! ! m Q l q " , ' l f l ' l ' ~ ~ , ~ "[11(11{ I

SWrn 14 'h-15 'h Note the following :(1) Should Rabu or

Ketu be in a Trikona -Sth or 9th rrom the Lagna- and be asso

dated with or aspectcd by the lord or the 2nd or the 7th, they

cause death during their Da sa; (2) when they occupy the 7th or

the 200 house in association with or aspected by the lord or the

5th or the 9th, they bless the native with wealth and longevity.

Again, when Rahu or Ketu arc in the 2nd or the 7th (3) anymalefic planet be associating with the planet owning the 2n.d

or the 7th house, his Dasa will cause death to the native.

"'liji i t ; i ! ~ F i ! ~ 1 f i ~ i ! l t ~ ; ~ i . ( ' l i t m ' i l l~ m 1 ;v.Qi'J{1 qf?: ijt(t: q l ~ S q U i , , ~ ~ 1 II t II- . .

a l ~ ~ ' ' l ' l \ J ~ ' ' " a " " , Q i ~ ' l !!itiR\.1O Q ( l q ; ; Q ' f , ; l i ~ ' ' l Ol'l;fi " . . t i j ~ I ( ' l i 1 I



78

Slob 15 ~ 1 6 !oi; (1) When Rahu and Ketu are posited in

dual Rasis and the lords of tbose Rasis or Rahu and Ketu are

associated with the lords of Kendras or Konas, the man COD

cerned during the Da sa period of Rahu and Keto will get wealth.power, etc.(2) and if tbey be associated with or aSpeded by the

lord o f the 6th, 81h or the 12th there will nol be much gain to (be

native, besides th is nasa will become instrumental for the demise

of the native 's mother or tbat of any other near dear relation on

the mother's s ide.

f ~ ( " I ~ l ' I i j f t a 1 i I ; ; l l : f ~ ; j i l I 1 f I N q -~ i f ; 1 ' I " 3 l ! > i \ , " ' l : 'llll ' l ~ ij ~ I ; " ~ I " I ' ' ' I I : I Ii \911

~ \ ' I i I , , ) u ~ 1 r . ' ! i l ' l ~ r i!;R1i!'i : i j 1 1 ; 1 1 ~ 1 -il1 .1 q l q ' l ~ i l 1 'lll!'lA n ~ i G ~ I " I ( ; j i i I

Sluku 16 1h· 17 Ih (I) The same two planets (Rahu ami Ketu)

whe n occupying a fixed p r a movable Ra si and associated with

pla nets owning a Kendra: or a Trikona Bhava will endow with

good foJ1une during the Dasa of one of the two occupying a

benefic place (2) s hould they be posited in an inauspicious

house, they will no t bring about any good result; some Astrolo

gers opine that they will bring happiness. When they happen to

be in inauspicious houses. associating withb e n ~ f i c s ,

they beoomeresponsible for the demise of the nalive.

f 1 : : q ; I ~ l f t ' l ~ f ; > 1 ~ ~ ~ I I : N Q ; i ! ; f t J a 1 f'tijif.f~ 1 i 1 i ~ 1 { ; j i l i g i a ~ N q " ' l 1 ( q ' l : , q ~ 1 II t II

i j ~ I ~ ~ "I %'i:;ilil"1qlllfllgif;"t ~ e 1 " , , ~ ' t " ' i ' l 1 N · O ( l : I S I S W i j ~ l ' I l ; i I ~ " ~ F ' l : , ,

S10ka 17 Y.t-18 \oi: When Rahu or Ketu occupy the 6th, SIb or

the 12th house and are associated with or aspecled by any of

the lords o f these houses , they start hanning the native during

. their Dasas, When they associate with Marakas or with tbe

lords of the Dusslbanas, they cause the demise of the nalive.

Should they conjoi n the lords of Kendras and Konas and oc-

79

cupy the Du sslhanas, they cause some happiness and then bringon death through diseases, wounds, misery, sword-cuts, drown

ing or suicide.

' ! I ~ q T f R " i ! I ! ~ ! ! i ~ f t q 1 q l l ~ d , ' l ~ ' l I . i q m ' l ~ t l ~ T o i { 1 ; ; q ' l i ~ u i \ .n;J1''liGIf.\"'3<11 1\ t Q, 1\

~ I % < I " ' H 1 ~ i R 'IT fihll fi1iRTf"la'l

~ I . q t ~ . q " , , ' l ro ' l ; J ~ i \ \!iret " ~ I " T { ' I i ' l SIoka 18 'h-19 lh (1) When the (afore) said two planets as

sociate with strong Yogakaraka planets and occupy the 1st,

3rd, 4th, 7th or the 10l:h house. they bless the native with pros

perity, happiness, children. wealth. power and superior vehicles.

(2) The same, if associate with the lords of the 7th and the 2nd•

Bhavas or aspected by them, will bring about the entire loss of

wealth to the native and be responsible for his death.

ilWa ' l . ~ q l l ' " ~ f > l ~ ; ,iii \ ! i T " I 3 : ~ ; l I ~ " ~ ~ . i h ; ! l f f . ~ t ' l l l \ ' ~ f! ~ q a l '!" f5!'1:1 "I ' fiT;; II ', 0 I!

f f I ~ : 'f.;!;'!(f.l ~ q l f : ~ ' I f ' l a1;!l 'I111 Ill,;'

s ; i ) ~ ~ ~ q , ! ~ ,iTSfu;l,'" i\l\'lfufJi tit

S&oka 19 'l.z-20 lh Rahu and Ketu are exalted in Vrishabhaand Vrischika Rasis respectively. Their Swakshetra Rasis are

Kumbha and Vrischika. Their Mooltrikona Rasis are Mithuna

and Kanya, Simha and Kataka are their inimical Rasis. Tula

and Makara are their friendly Rasis. Mesha and the two Rasis

belonging to Jupiter are the neutral ones. These two planets are

said to possess their highest power when they are in their exaltation

houses. In other houses, their strength will correspond withthe nalure of their relation with the houses they occupy.

' I ' Q ' ~ ' ! ' 1 a 1 qi(il.wftai ~ n ' ! ~ r . \ t , ; ~ . v P.:1.l<i1S51 ; f t ~ l l f t a J i l t I : l / l ; { H ~ a { l ~ II <Z II

aJ it ' 1!1l ' l ~ iitl1!1l ' ! ~ a ! j j i l . l , l hTil"

,' T i ' ~ I , q f u ; i ; ~ 1 l 1 ~ ' T ' f . ' " ' l 1 " I ; j ; l l m i l ~ a ;

80

SIoka 20 Y.!-2Ph Wben these two planets in their full strength

occupy any Bhava or have anyone of the 3 kinds of Sambandha

with the lord of any bouse they bring about during their Dasa

period good or bad effects. overlooking the effects, if any, thatmay arise due to the other planets. They possess the strength of

the lord of the house they occupy and the benefic or malefic ef

fects which may be due to the Bhava they occupy should be

declared according to the strength of the lord of that Bhava.

. . . . .~ 1 ~ " ~ 1 ' l : 1ji;;<l/ " (f:! "1J11<1 liili ''i/,:-

"ll ' l l i l ~ f u l : ' ~ < i . ; l ~ . f i ~ I M ' ..q "'<Illl.n: I' " II

" 1 ; ' 1 ' ; ~ ' 1 R q g ~ " ' 1 ' l ~ f ~ ~ I R ' r . ~ ' l { ~ ",3) "" f ~ " ~ ' 1 I ~ ~ f u ~ < I l q j ; j " I { I ~ ~ i ! , I. "

SIoka 21 Y.!-22 Ih Note the Dasa of the planet who is rul-

ing at the moment, reckon the house occupied by that planet as

the lagna, and find out the bouse counted from this Lagna that,the Bhuktinath is occupying. Also assess the strength of these

two planets obtained through their association with or aspect

by other planets. If these · wo planets do not mutually be in

quincunx aspect, the resulting effect be happy. Otherwise evil

effect will emanate according to the strength of the planet.

't.'ii:lqj'i/{'f.IUi;j1 q liG:'il1 ':;'0 ~ ~ t : ~ ' 1 1 l O I ~ F q " " ' ' I f ; r ; ; ; l > 1 l l ' l ; j I \ f t ~ ~ & I U i t ~ ~ 1 I : Ii , II

q g l q . q q ' l 1 ' l ' l l ' l i ! i G : ~ t i 'lil!1 l { ~ g : "G:!

l I i ! ~ ~ ~ < f 1 ~ q "'l " ' l ~ " " ' ' i l l l ) ; f ' i f . ~ ISIoka 22 1f.t.23 Ih The Dasa-periods and the sub-periods

of the planets owning Kendras and konas will prove auspi

cious, while those of the planets owning the 2nd, 3rd and the

11th houses will be of a medium character. The Dasas, etc., of

planets owning the 6th. the 8th and the 12th Bhavas will always

prove adverse to the native. These results should be declared in

tbe respective Dasas and Bhuktis of planets after an examina

tion of the lord of the Dasa and the Bbava occupied by him.

q l ~ ~ ( f q a l ' < ' ! ~ ~ f . . ~ ~ (il1'tt filql%.',H:a " i l ~ ~ f f i ; <'-]ll'1'1i! a l " m q ~ q ; ~ i ! 11, 11

~ l ' ~ , , ~ q aqf"1allll1!<1<'0P1'1I11QI ' I m ~ a ' ~ f I ! 1 f ; - < a i i I ' l { > l ' l ! , 1 ~ : ' I l * ~ ~ i ! i l s f q '1 I

81

SIoka 23 J,>24 ii i Should tbe Bhuktinath occupy the 12th,

6th or the &h place from that of the lord of the Dasa. he then

becomes hostile to the Oasa-Iord. The planet in the 11th, the

2nd, Jrd, 4th, Sih. 9tb or the 10th bouse from the Dasa-nalh is

said to be greatly beneficial to the native. 1be planet occupying the 7th place from the Dasanatb and the one associating

with him are also found to be favourable.

q l ~ ~ ' l l 13i'l15ga: ~ ~ ~ I 1 : q(<i !l": lijl\1;i\

Q l 1 1 f ; f , ~ f u "' 'l(qlfi;oi; ~ ' 1 a l a : 11 , .... 11

QII1 'lfa ' I ~ ( I 1 q ~ i f . ' i l <uii ",1(-

« l ~ l l { ( l!lfit'llif. V : ~ tlq;<iiit R i I ' . i ; , , ~ , I

S10ka 24 ~ 2 5 Y.t Wben the Dasanatb is inauspicious and

the Bhuktinath is auspicious and is not associated witb tbe saJrlC,

the result will be adverse. When the Bhuktinath is a benefic

and is associated with the Dasanath, the result will be mixed.The Bhuktinath. even if he be a Yogakaraka planet will be

come more hostile and distressing, should be not be associating

with the Dasanath. When the Dasanath is powerful enougb 10

cause both Yoga and death, be will give the effects of the Yoga

first in his own Bbukti.•i j l { ~ ~ < I ( ; ( ~ l l ( l!'t"il;T ~ ' l . i I l 1 i I ~ ( 1'1:'1-

«ll:<,i) q ' l a : I « l < f l ~ I H o i ~ I ~ 'l11!l<1la" Ii II

ol''I'f q'l{: n ~ ( n ' ~ ~ " I f i l 'II 'I"0fu

I ! I I Q " ~ ~ \ 1 ~ < i ' l s f q It: ; : ; ~ ( \1( i ! ; , ' { R ~ I

SIoku 2SJh.26Ih When the entire period over which theafo resa id Yogakaraka rules be completely auspicious and the

Bhuklis of the various malefic planets be accordingly favour-

82

able, the Yoga karaka planet. pUiS off the cau s ing of death 10

the man concerned. Such a Dasanath will never give mixed

resul ts; when he does so, the Dasa will only prove entirely

frui tless. This is what the wise say.

~ ~ : ; l i ' ' l : ' ! ~ 'l:'!: ll''!'''! <11 i \ f o ~ ' 1 1 q l " , ~ : -~ , q l , q l J l l l l l ' ~ ) ~ m ~ ! < ~ ; f t ' i I ' ) $ ~ ~ ' 1 l 1 f ; , < i 1 1 I ~ 1 f ~ ; r . i ! ' I ) ' ~ a 1 " q f . \ ' ; ~ I ! l ' 6 ' 1 ' I f ; ~ 1!: ,

26 'h-Z7 Ih Jupiter and Venus in their mulual Dasaand Bhuktis bestow upon the native kingship or the position of

a minister, much wealth and happiness through wife and chi!·dren. The man concemed will devote his energies in the per·fonnance of sacrifices. birth of children, marriage celebrationsand olher similar auspicious functions provided these two planetsare strong and occupy good houses and are also associated with

and aspected by auspicious planets.

a W q l , q f t ~ " ' 1 I 2 q l 1 a 1 a ~ ~ ; : ~ 1 9.a1

a ~ \ l " ! l : a 1 1 1 1 ~ 1 I ( ! l : < i 1 " " 1 ; n r ~ < f t q l ! M t II .. II

~ H l ~ " f . i r i 1 1 1 . 1 '" ~ < ' l ' 1 f t l t ' ~ f < i i q ~ 1 ' i I ' ) 6 ~ ~ l ( ' l 1 f f i . 1 ; r q l ( q l ' R ' l H l T I f u ~ . ~ I

SIoka r7 Y.t-28 Ih The same two planets when occupy

8havas which are quincunx to each otber or are mutually placedin the 2nd and the 12tb; or if tbey two be aspected by or associated with the lords of these houses; or if they themselves be

the owners of these houses and be at the same lime aspected byor in association with malefics. and are weak in Bhava posi

lion, etc., tbey will, during their Dasa period cause separation(rom wife and sons, displeasure of a high Bl3hmin chief, trouble

through intrigues with females, royal displeasure and fear of

epileptic attacks.

~ l " I ' : f ' < ~ ilWi't r ; ( " ~ i \ ~ 1 I 1 ; r ~ T r""a"t!!,,,;1l!11T'f.{1 ali, ~ F . l , <11 i;f;"'ll ql.. 1';.011,

'l.q(i) ' l ~ ~ q ' l ~ s f i ' t miff f1I'ilI'il"t f.\l'f,;;!:

~ * . ' 1 i ' i ! q r ~ ~ ~ " [ 1 , j . , " ' > i \ ' 1 ~ : "

83

90ka 28 Y.t-Z9 When Vmus .and Saturn occupy theirexaltation, Swatshelra or VargoUamlmsa and .ire strong andequally powerful to cause Yoga, they wilL, in their mutual Dasasand Bhuklis make tbe maD wocerucd a beggar seeking almsand a powerless being. even t . . . . .gb be be born a king or aKubera. If, however. ODe of the two be strong and the otherweak, tbe stronger one will cause the Yoga.

at [f'l"l'li';" " " q f l ! ~ ! l ' lIiJ<I'I' <lTsfq 01{

owit'il!f<!' a ~ ( l l ' l ~ ' ~ " " ' ,j\,,;i"t If 0 If

~ . : 8 i : " " f ~ q ~ ' R it;;o\l!q(it'l(-

\ i j f ' l" l ' at ~ ; q m i l ' I Q ~ f

90ka 29 I,)...J) Shollid both of tbcm be weak and be so

mutually placed tbat one 0"*'''(:5 the 12lb, tbe &h or the 6thfrom the other or happens 10 owa. such places; or be associatedwith the lords of these bouscs. tbey Sead to be auspicious andgrant wealth and happiness 10 tIE Dll.D concerned. When one

of them is the lord of an auspicious Bhava and the other of anunfavourable one, eventbeD. both of them will produce goodresults. Should they I:w;)th be malefics they wiD prove extremelyfavourable to the native.

"l"!;oT <IT

mm " ' ~ " R i ! ~ q R " " ' l r n ' a i > I ~ ~ I ' I ~ f q If t If

lm1 i! :.rq

" <gqlfl:;iI;~ ; q ~ 1 ' f \'Ii)! >f.! ' l fi\.w a' ~ ' 1 i t . l ' ~ f f . \ ~ ' I

9nka 30 ~ J I \oS; Shoyid Salum and the Sun occupy theirown or exalted Rasis or be ia the corresponding Navamsa or

Kendn or Kona positiom 01" be OWDf;:1S of these houses, theywill bestow upon tbe native royal favour, wealth and the like in

the Suo's Bbukti of Saturn's D ' ; .nd happiness, wealth andvidory in Saturn's Bhukti of the San's Dasa. Should these two

84

planets be (both) malenc they become prodoclivc of distress

for the nalive .

l i ' t q . q l q ~ f f i ~ m ~ ! f < I ' ! I ~ T ~ ' 1 ' < f t f ~ " t g.'t 'II ' l ! ~ ~ { ~ a g ~ ' u ; ; r . n ' 1 ~ i ( ' I II '( II

3 ! 1 ' ! ; ~ I f t . l i ' l l i ' ' l i ( ' l ! I ~ ~ { ' . t \ ' R ! I ! ! " ~ ~ ' ; m { I ~ n " ~ " ' ~ i ' R ' l l 'l"1<11Q ~ 1 , i j ; " I < t ISIoka 31 Y.t-31 Wilen Mars and Jupiter are, in tbe same

manner, strong and occupy [ayourable Bbavas and po5SCSS the

aspect or company of a strong benefic planet, tbey cause Ra

jayoga to the man concerned, tbey bcmme instrumental in bringingjoy, all kinds of enjoyments and pleasure, sons living kmglife,

marriage and other pleasant ceremonies. If otherwise.. l.bCy willexhibit contrary results.

~ ' t ' ; ! 1 ~ m ' f < i ' I l f i i l . ' u f ~ f-;fq!f,tlQt d \ ~ " ..1«qlr"a'l. ('HII

ll'li,,,,rq ~ ~ ~ f i a ' ! ' "''{IIi'"'' ,,!-; j f f i ~ 1 f ~ " \ \ , I f ~ ' 1 '

{,{,p.;oo:mnilf'l:<", (. Slob 31 ~ 3 J Jupiter and Mercury, wben similarly

sirong, will enable the native for good actions., grant gteat learning,

be will be clever in trading . . . . possessed of wife, children and

happiness. Venus and Mercury, Jupiter and tbe Moon. the Moon

and Venus, Jupiler and the Sun, the Sun aDd Mars., the Sun and

Mercury. each of these pairs will promote effects akin to thoseindicated fo r Jupiter and Merauy.

: ; r . I ( T ~ RIO tr.::i tFf",o"lf<dll: 1 1 l ~ 1 l ' I l m ; ; : : f i : ; f 1 ~ ~ ~ ( \ I \ ! I l I ; l 1 ~ 'II;r,q O ' ; · f i E ~ 1 II 1

,, ' I I a ; ! l F . \ . ~ d 1 R ~ 6(111...... .mA-• •O ! ' I ( ! l i ~ ~ " ~ ; ~ 1 ! < ; Q l > R ~ f t ; " ' v ' •

8S

9c " , JtU Note the epd position of the Sun in •birth chart, if there is any requim:l year after birth, compute tbeday, bour. etc, the Sun in his periodical course shall be in thatexact position. That day is called the solar year day of thel\llive. Record the L a p [or tbat moment and also note down

the positions of planets, aDd Ihe sevent Bhavas,. also arrive at

lbe Saptavupja bala of the pbnc:ts. Tbne findings will reveal

tbe nature of the effects for that year to the man COl.cemed.

Find the number of the Nakshatra occupied by the Moon at tbetime when counted [rom the nala. star and divide it by 9. The

remainder will indicate tbe order of the Olsa counted from the

Sun.

11 ... 11

6t.m: 1 ; I T ' I ( ' i I O ~ ~ , , ~ , ! r : l i t ; q r ' Q < i \ S U " ~ : ~ . I ' l I f " M : ! O { 1 ~ " ' ~ I ( $ a f t i l l 'ffi: I

~ R : $ ~ atif i l l i I I l ~ ~ : 'RS1I'Iili 'I11iI... 11

~ ' I I l q ; ; ; ; ~ " ' ' I I l I W 'i.'f'I'illcA.;hilo;tll- ."I'uil f l . ' l f . l ~ < i " OW ;n ... ~ i 1 i f l S ' l ! " ~ ISIokl:wh- J6Ih Find out 100 e n d position of the Moon at

the time, compute how many more Ghalikas the Moon ha s yet

to traverse in the star oa:upied by ber. Multiply this by the

Oasa days referred to below of the planet coocemed and divide

it by tbe total Ghatibs taken by tbe Moon to travel through the

complete asterism. It will reveal tbe number of days, Ghtikas,

etc, of the (first) starting Dasa still remaining at the beginning

of the new year. 110, 60, 32. 40, 48. 56, 4, 5 and 10 are the

numbers in their order denoting the Dasa period in the day in a

86

year of 365 days for the Sun. the Moon. Mars. Mercury. Jupi

ter, Venus, Saturn. Rabu aDd die Lagna respectively_ 1be sec

ond and tbe succeeding Dans daring the year have to be counled

in tbis order alone. 1be ji S".,. - auspicious or inauspicious _

for any of the Dasas should be pronouoced ' after a careful ex

amination of the strength- positional etc. - o f the planet 000-

cemed, the Lagna at tbe eDlry of tbe year, the Bhav. oa:upied

by the planet and tbe several ',oo:: ( ' ~ -~ ' " i \ ~ a ~ d l ~ , a,,,,.)q).nolli ..liW 1 I ~ l S n

1 ! ; ' I i ~ ~ ft ~ < \ 1 ( ' 1 f " im < , i N ( ! I I ' ~ 6 ~ S O { ; a @ . " q ; j -Sa( <u6 ; : : , ~ ,

S10ka J6 Y.t-J'7Ih In this CODA"dion, POL' ssary considera

tion should also be given So the effects wbich may arise due to

the transit o f the plaPds cturmg their course through tbe sev·

eral houses m unted (lObI the J..ma Rasi- Radix Moon- and tbe

combined effects alODe ahouJd be ptooounced. Now, I am going

to describe in a clear and easy mauer the exact effects of the

several Dasas during a year.

;ft>iiQ., ~ . u q . """,." ... t tm<ftqlil " ' F . ! ~ a t r " , A afliiqq 1 f t ~ ~ < M l ~ ~ ( M l i \ \ " q q ~ A 1 i , I i \ " ' ~

<ftql" ~ ~ r " O ' I , * , I 6 ' ' ' ' ; AimI\: ,"

•

\ I ~ < = n

SkJka J7Ih..J8 Ih When ia a nativity the Sun is strong,

Ihere will be accumulation o f wealth. acquisit ion of ornamentsand weari ng of new n n e " " Should this Sun be weak. the

nalive w ill become more sinful and have many mo re enemies,

~ the loss of wealth and DIlDy DeW troubles. Strong Moon

will bestow upon the native loyal &'vour, non-stop Dow in of

the money and a resp:ct.t»le position. Should this Moon be

weak, more enemies will tum up. Tbe nalive will suffer from

sickness, have change of plyr. misery and misunderstandingwilh one's own people.

' l : ~ " l I I f ' l \ i ~ '!'Iifollftfah': 1 1 I 1 ' 1 I ~ ; f \ q l ~ ~ ' I l i l f < I ~ . " " , , ~ ' \ h ~ " ! j ' m

ffi"l ! R I l q ~ l R I R " ' I l ~ " " a l ~ 1 l 1 ~ ; f \ q l ~ Q { S I I f t : ~ { t q 1 l 1 ! 1 / ~ 1 4 I ' l i l u ; " , I

87

SIokn 38 1fl.JI) Y.t Mars in power in a birth chart will endow

the native with royal favour. success in life and dorm:stic

happiness. Should this Mars be weak, displeasure of lhe sover

eign, dispute with one's own sons, erumly with one's own wifeand loss of weal1b will be in store.

Powerful Mercury will make the native very energetic.There will be more of happiness and more of gain. A weak

Mercury will cause misunderstandings with one's brothers, elc.

He will take to the evil path and will do mischief to the Brah-

min folk. .

I i f t ~ ~ ~ { 1 1 1 ' 1 ! ' I ~ 1 ' ! . ~ f b f 4 : ' i ~ iftqli1 " ' ~ ~ 'I'Il!jqqfil """<'I1'1f-qijI I1V o l\

•

. ' I ' 1 1 I l ' ' ' ! ~ : ' J , ; n ~ { ~ , \ i j ~ ~ i l l l I r ~ ' 1 ' 1 r ~ ~

m:,qd \ { l I l { . ! ; l T q ~ : I

S10ka 39 Y.t 40 Yo! When Jupi ter possesses full strength thenative will have good vehicles and houses. He will be gener

ous, wise and very wealthy. Should this Jupiter be ·weak. there

will be change of place and also loss of wealth. He will fall into

bad ways and evil company. Venus, possessed of great strenglh

will bestow upon the mall concerned wealth, name and fame.

He will have good while robes 10 wear and females around him

for Sukha (pleasure). if this Venus is weak, loss of wealth,

danger from enemies, diseases from female contact and bad

name will be lhe miseries of life.

" . ~ ' t " i ~ ~ ' l : , r ~ 5 ' i 1 ' 1 i f ~ ~ w i ...' { ~ ~ H : ~ ~ { f j ~ i " n ~ f f i > l ~ \l1/! II

88

m1 i"I«'IiIi.srllU q t l " . u ' I ' l ~ 1 I l .

" ' ~ " I r ~ ~ ' l f « ' ; h r f \ 1 i l f i l ~ ~ e : IS10kp 40 Ih4US When Saturn is posseSsed of full strength

tbe native will acquire a mansion. be happy and will lead some

tribe. A weak Saturn 'will cause destruction of wealth. emada·

tion of the body. sickness and bad name. A strong Rahu in a

birth cbart will make tbe native virtuous and good. bring himgood income and a rise in his official status. When be is ad

verse, (he effects accordingly will be bad; may be the demiseof his father ocrur, moreover the native will develop intimacy

with the low-caste and associate himself with his enemies.

;pil ~ U l i l ~ WI"'" 11"<1 "I " 1 I ~ ~ i f l l i r Q I & ! i t ! ! i 1 ! I \ l ~ R l q i < ; ! ( ; ' I i t t ' I T ~

I I ; ~ d'4iji

~ m ' i i < ' l 1 ! f q 1 i I ~ < ' l ~ < t l I ' ! t i R : ( < ' l I . < ' l r ~ ' g ~ ~ { < ! 1 I t I

S10ka 41 ',4 42 II.! During tbe Lagna Dasa. the effect will

be good, medium or bad depending upon the nature of the Drekkana

occupied and tbe Sambandba, Yogas, elc, fonned by that lord .

Thus have been detailed in an elegant and precise manner the

effects of the several Dasas in a year. The wise should predicttbe nature of tbe effects with special reference to the strength

or otherwise of the planets concerned denoted by their associa

tion with henetics, etc.

7. 5 1 ~ \ i O C : " ' " W l ~ : ~ < t \ l ~ ~ i j i \ ;

~ I : ; " a t " i q ~ 1 ! f q i\<Q"'''Qt&:<<t. I!!"IT aira.i!E'f ;(Q1);(rs'R( .

;( ' I f t ~ R : " ' l ( ~ 4 1 ~ ' l t i NIGAe: "t"Section 7· On Querie.: .

Sioka-l. In the -case of a nativity all the predictions shouldthus be made through the positions of the several plantLS and

89

too Lagna at the moment of birth. I f the birth chart is not avail

able, the results should be divined through the lagna Rising at

the lime of query. 1be effects arrived at will be similar whether

they are obtained through the boroscope at birth or through thetime of query. Should the day be clouded at the time queryand the exact Gbatikas that have passed sioce Sunrise can ootbe easily known the several Rasis and Navamsas should bedelennined by further queries as explained in tbe sua:ecding 3Siokas.

l I ~ n l l l ' l i ~ " " l f i i R l I ' I T ~ m i i r " ' ' ' ' I 1 " r " , < i ; 1I!111<'! " ' 1 i 1 " I ~ " , { f i l < l l < l i " I I I I 1 1 f h ! f I

<IIi\;! ~ f ; I I ~ l im" ~ r ~ ~ l ! " ~ I ( ; r i! gtl l 'IR !l(loq , , ~ II , "

Sloka·2. A quemt should approach tbe Astrologer with

gifts of fruits and Daksbina and when asked should speak anumber within lOS. This said number should be made tbe basis

for prediction- good or bad- regarding the past. present and

future, after salutations to the feet of hls Guru.

' I . ~ ~ ' 1 " ' I « ,",II': q f i " , , ~ ilMIQlail

CI;;01\<1I ; f f l 1 ( " " 1 ~ ~ ~ ! i . a . t ' l h J l l 1 1 > ~ I.

.. .

a " " I ~ ! I { ' I ' J I i ' l I i I ~ ~ 5 1 ~ ' l l : WI 'IT

1 l 1 " ' @ " { > ! I ~ 1 i 1 { ~ " u ( 1 ~ ' \ t i i f ' \ ~ " 6 ~ ~ II II

Sloka-3. The aforesaid basic number should be dividedby 9; the quotient represents the Dumber of Rasis [rom Mesha

(Aries) that have elapsed, and the remainder represents thenumber of Navamsas which have elapsed in tbe Lagna at tbe

time of query. The planets and the Shavas at the moment ofquery should be anived at and their effects - good or bad - bepredicted as beCore through the strongest of the roDowing: the

Karakas, the Bhavas and the lords of the Bbavas at the time.

~ ~ I ( S . < ' l ' ! i l " l ~ ijfl\"" !' i-

90

W ~ " " ~ f 1 1 ! I " " r n " , ~ ; n ~ . " n l l ~ ' n II \I IISloka-4. The number of flowers and money units that

were given to tbe Astrologer by the queml should be multiplied by tbe basic number and the product be divided by 12

The remainder will denote the Rasi counted from Mesha whichthe Jupiter may be supposed to occupy in the querist's nativity.Through tbe position of Jupiter at the lime of query. the As

trologer can easily guess the age of the querist from his looksand the probable number of cycles made by Jupiter since his

birth time (of tbe querisl) . The months, days, etc. that haveelapsed since the last birth-day. will be denoted by the portionof the Rasi traversed by Jupiter in the Rasi occupied by him atthe time of query. The total period thus arrived at is to be taken

away from the present position of the Sun to get the year, month,dC. of the birth in question.

1I1lI) "I(qt\at;r 1I<IfiI <1111"", q l ( l l ~ , , ~ iF'! " .... ~ I I P . l r . . ~ ; i ) S f q ~ { \ I a 1 ; ; r ( 6 ~ I

«if " ) f ~ ! ; ; r ( < I " , " , ' ~ 1.'I<i<i { { ~ '1it-O I I ~ . ~ f l i ( ~ imf\<lW ! 1 ~ II ' \ II

II ~ f i I 'I!;;r((A;Iitf\1: (llIl!I: IISioka-S. TIle month,the week day, the Ghalikas. elc.

el:.psed on the day, will be solar. From this. tbe Moou's posi

tion, the lunar years, months, Tithi t etc., and hence the entire

horoscope can be cast. Thus has been desc ribed brieny the

secret of erecling a lost horoscope. 1be method to gcl at a

horosoope has thus been detailed here for the pleasure of those

interested in the science. This brings 10 the end of the methodof casting lost- horoscope.

' t . ~ l ; i ; ! ! ~ ~ ' ( I ' ! l " I ( ' ~ > ! I i r ; ; f \ ~ -IUdfullc l { < ' I ! 1 f ~ h f " ' ~ 1 I ~ I

q j ~ a i l d ' ! ~ .. : @llr;lIf.Rt ..." ' ~ \ ~ Q ..(fdl @l1t::lilf.f<n ta II II

• 91

Sloka-6. Multiply the basic number by 2 and divide tbe

product by 3. When the remainder be 1, the query is about a

living being; if it be 2, it relates to some mineral. I f it be zero,it relates to a plant. When lhe Lagna at query is Mesba, tbematter relates to bipeds; if it be Vrishabba, it relates to quadru .,.

peds; when the Lagna be Mithuna, it is about pregnancy. When

Karkataka is rising the subject relates to a legal dispute. Whenthe lagna is Simha. tbe maHer relates to Government.

"""rqf l! 'HlW;n q ~ ' l t " f U r . q ~ ,r,,\~ i t Vi,,;, "1W'lfil '1< ' I 1 i ' l i ~ ~ i t I;fit 'IiIi!J f f i ~ " , f . \ ~ I ! I I ~ ~ f'l'at ~ < f I q . g 6 1 ~ ' l I " l ~ M I i h ! 1 I ! 1 ' 1 I f \ . I : 1\ 13 1\

Sloka-7. Should Kanya be the Lagna, the query will be

about an intrigue with a woman other than one's wife. WhenTula will be rising the querist would like to know about trad

ing. Should Vrishhlka be ris ing. there will be fear from the

wicked. I f the Dhanus Rasi is rising the query will relate to tbewealtb lost. Some sinful deed will be the subject when the Rasi

Makara be the Lagna. Should Kumbha be rising, the question

will be about some religious rites. When Mcena is the Lagoa it

will be in connection with position and residence. Thus advisethe sages to declare through the stronger of Ute t w O ' Rasi aDd

Navamsa rising at the time.

~ s l ' l ' H l ~ r ' l " ' ~ " . n 'l'?( ati'liI(>U111l:t ~ r ~ ' I 1 t h l \ f . f ~ ~ r l l T ~ t ' ' ' \ 1 ~ : I

o i \ ~ l 1 I ~ q l ; : : > U 'l'1\\ij ~ N i " ' ~ . \ f ~ ' n ~ q f ' l " ' ~ r"H>li! ~ ~ ; ! i i t S ~ l ( r q II II

Slob-S. Should tbe Sun, at the hme of query, be posited

in his own Rasi or Namavsa , whichever be stronger, tben the

query will be about the Sovereign and Kingdom. Wben the

Moon is similarly situated, it will relate 10 tanks and the like.

If it be Mars, the question is about fire and danger from the

king or enemies.When Mercury is in a similar situation it will

92

relate to trade and agriculture. Jupiter will refer to friendS,

kings and the like. Venus will indicate to more happiness; whereas,

Saturn in a like position will denote to a human being or immovableproperty .

~ i ) < l ' 1 a IlII f u : ~ II " " W t ~ , , ~ i i > 1 ' l i ~ \iilll'lit{'li'lt'l,"ITot'l!Jtmi{ ' I ~ ~ , f ~ ' I r - I : II... II

Sloka-9. Also, when a planet is in his exaltation the result

will be doubled ; should it be in its debililalion, the erred will

be nil. 1£ the planet is in a fricnd 's house, the effect will be half;

in that o f a neutral 's house, it will be very low. When, two

planets are in their exaltation, or be in their Swakshelra Ra sis,

the query should be answered by a wise man after laking intoaccount the stronger of Ihe two and the correspond ing Karaka

and tbe Bhava occupied by each o f them .

, , ~ ~ i ! l \ ' ' ' ' ' i t O ' l l I ~ ' l i l f l l ~ ~ ~ ' l i l ~ ~ ~ I T ~ ~ ' H f i t ' I t Q l l I

' l i l ~ ~ { q l ~ i 0 1 l t g a <I.it ! J " ~ iI""~ ~ j j i t ~ i . ' l , ~ i ' I ~ " I g < i t i . ' l ' i t ! J ' l i l q ' i l ~ Sioka-IO. When a planet is exalted at the time, the bus i

ness will be accomplished in a very short time (a lmost immediately); should it be in his own house, the business will be

finished in a few days;if

hou sed in a friendly BhaV3,it

willbe

done in a few months. If in any other position, it will lake some

years. When in associa tion with or aspccted by a malefic, fail

ure of the desired end is certain. Should Saturn be exalted in

the Lagna, or when the lords of the ugna and the Bhava concerning the query be associated with or aspected by strong

bencfics, the qucrisl may be informed that the business will be

accomplished immediately.

1 S t l \ ' 1 ' ~ I " i . ' l 4 t < q o i ; !!4i.'lq ~ m t

~ r o q f ~ ~ ~ ! ! : f . I ~ ~ 1 fum i...rt I

i I f ~ fiai!

f . l f ~ ~ "1 ( ~ ~ \ $ q ;

iMa:

93

lIl'"Q(: ; f q a l l ! l , " ~ q f i l l a " ' l ~ m l l ; t 1 ' { « ~ ~ l I n l i Sioka-ll. The horizon is a circle comprised of 360 de

grees consisting of 12 spokes each o f which is at an interval of

30 degrees. The 108 Navamsas are perpetually situated withintbis circle. The four pairs of movabl e and immovable Rasis

starting with Mesha denote the East and the other chief pointsof th e compass in order (South, West and North). The four dual

Rasis. viz., Milhuna, Kanya, Dhanus and Meena represent re

speclivcly the four inlennediate points viz., S.E. , S.W., N.W.and N.E. The As tro loger should place in the relevant Rasis and

Navamsas all the planets according to their longitudes at tbe

moment of query.

ill ~ < A > < I T ~ q l f " ' ; ! R t i i i q ~ s f q q f ' 1 l ~ ' l ~ fillR 'l"0fi1 <I'{'l{ ml1fti iii)!! f ~ q l ~ ~ I

o ' 1 l I ~ , , ( 1 l ! ~ 1 I \ ~ l I a : ~ f . ! '115i'i

•• c q ~ ililiiQoi!\'lf.!'1wl1lf II l II

Sloks-12. When a person, carrying fruits and flowers in

his hand, approaches tbe Astrologer and takes his position to

put a query, the Rasi denoted by tbat place with respect to the

Astrologer as measure refened to in the previous Sloka is called

tbe Arudba Lagna at query. 1be Astrologer should pronounce

in all such queries the results· whether good or bad · through

the planets owning the Arudba Lagna and the bouse signifying

tbe nature of the query with special reference to the planets

associating with them or viewing them..

3Itill ill!lonF.\all( q f t ~ : ! I . ~ < l I I I \ t ~ . "'lilw \ ~ ~ I ~ > ; j \ Q ' " 1 j t , , ~ I

q " I l f ~ f . \ ~ ~ 1 ( 'll(:ft i j f f i i j «,H<PII~ ' l i ' 5 : ~ < i l f u l l 8 ~ l l q \ J f i ~ . m m ~ ~ I In l l

94

Sioka-D. Find out the Ghalikas that have elapsed from

SUIl rise till the time of query. Multiply il by 9 and divide the

product by 20. The quotient in Ghatikas, elc., will signify the

exact position of the Moon at the time, which will be useful forpurposes of query. The position of the Moon at the time as

identified by the Ephcmeries and the Moon above alluded to

are respectively known as SlIhuJa and Sukshma. Their respec

tive Navamsas should also be detennined.

~ ~ ; ~ i t - ~ q ' ; \ { l i ; ~ ~ t ! :;fl'lR'<I( 1 I ~ ~ ~ ~ I 1 r . « i { ~ , , { ~ ~ ~ m < l l ' i ~ a I

l1rit i 1 ~ m a l ! ! ~ \ ' ~ 1 1 ~ i I ' t lllr"it'''' i\;!l' I i " ' l l l , q ; j ~ t ~ l t \ m ~ p ; ' l i i i i 1 r e l / l ' l i l i 1 ~ II t \I II

" , q f ~ "I ~ h J t "I{Ult!;j1 irlfflUlil%i~ " , 1 1 ! . ! 1 ~ "li!«: « ~ ~ ~ ... i ~ ' l i l < \ I~ " " f i I . ~ 'lil!l<llf6;rt ' n ~ alii 'IR'IIW 'Ira ~ f " , ' t . ~ a ; j q I ~ I " q ~ l n t t . II II

Sloka-14-1S. I f the Sttbula Moon is aspected by the Sukshma

Moon, Mercury and Jupiter, the query will be about an animal.

Should it be aspected by Mars, Rabu and Saturn, it will beabout some mineral; When by Venus and the Sun, it will relate

to something of the vegetable kind. I f the Stthula Moon is as

pected by Jupiter, Venus and Rahu, the query will relate to

something of a mixed nature. Should the Stthula Moon occupy

Tula, Kanya or Mithuna Navamsa, tbe query will concern a

biped. I f in a Navamsa, belonging to Karkataka, yrisbika or

Meena, it will relate to some creature with many legs. I f theSttbula Moon is placed in a Navamsa belonging to Dbanus or

Kumbha it will be about some creatures having no legs; wben

in a Navamsa belonging to Mesha, Simba, Makara or Vrisb

abba, it will relate to quadruped . the ancient sages believe that

the 3 Avastthas of a planet-Bala, YaUV8na or VridJba - should

be arrived at from the planet's position in tbe lst, 2nd or 3rd

Drekkana respectively of the Rasi in which it is at the time ofquery.

itm;!({lt mt r ~ : ! i t " 'll i ' ll: ~ g ! ( { T : [1(1 ~ ! l : fI.'IH1!;l'i'l r ~ ~ " 1 _ml: ' l i q l ~ . I ' 1 1 ' 1 : 1

" t m { l " i ' m r ~ " d , I ! I l ( ~ " , "'''$"'« f . l f . I f ~ ' i d ' t f a I!Il.!lftft'<l1f.m II II

95

Sloka-1'. The Rasis from Mesha onwards are respec-tively movable, immovable and dual. The movable Rasis are

also called Garbba; the immovable ones, Dwara and; the dual

Rasis are called Babya. The Ra sis denoted by the firstclasses (Garbba and Dwara) will signify a thing or object keptin the ri ght hand; whereas, a Rasi o f the Babya class will denote

tbe same in the left hand. This is bow the things concealed in

the hand may be distinguished.

I ! ; ~ lIfe""1!I . ~ ~ ~ I ! I I ~ { \ q l f t : ; i ; . ~ . n ; r . ! ! t 1 1 ~ q l I ~ ' I I ~ ~ ~ : I

n f u " ' Q ( 6 ~ ~ 1 " " ~ \ \ 1 < \ f ~ ' ! l ' I i ~ ~ l { , " t ' i f i T ! t 1 ~ " , r ~ ~ ' H " , a ~ ~ i I i , , , , f t : ~ l { I I ~ " II

Slokn-17. Thus it should be guessed all about the object

kept in the baM . Whether it is short or long should be divined

through the measure allotted to the Ra s i under reference. Theshape, colour, etc ., are to be deduced from the Navamsas. The

benefic or malefic nahlre of the object should be derived through

the nature of the planet - benefic or malefic - occupying the

JUsi; si milarly, tbe place often visited by the object - whether

on tbe land, sky , water or mountains, and also whether it is

cruel, wild, tame or domestic etc.

'I.'ffir; ~ . " " « t ~ q ~ I " , , .. q , , ~ 1 "'''1-, " t \ " , \ I { " I i 1 " I \ I ! i j \ ~ ~ ! l ~ ! Q ' I 1 I

rise' ~ i I i : " d m ! ! a l l " I i ! i 1 J 1 ' 1 r ~ " f . t -"'\\1IW'''''''''''''i1'''o;miro!liI < m I ~ ' 1 iIiIq..gq

Sloka-18. The basic number already referred to shouldbe divided by 5. The remainder, if anyone of tbe 1,2,3,4 or 0

%

will resf'Cdive1y indicate whether the thing referred to by the

querist will _ e accomplished within the Ghalikas. the Tithi t the

wcek-day. the month or the year. Add the quotient already

obtained to the basic number. Divide the sum so obtained by

60, 30, 7, 12 and 60 separately. The remainders will respec

tively indicate the number of Ghatikas, Tithis etc., in which the

desired object will be completed. This is the method which

should be followed in the case of all sorts of queries.

1 1 l , ~ @ g q l l i , q Q l ~ ' I ! l t l l l ' ~ , , " ' 1 ' 1 ' ~ f ; l ! ' 1 ' ) tl!' til ;I i f . ' I T ~ ~ ' f < i \ t ~ · " f i l i f . " " l l " l . I1IR l(lqqfij =if i i H i i q t ( j ~ t M l ~ a ' d l ~ ~ ' t i I 1 ' d i I ~ i i l I , , : 'f.tis i'! 1 l ~ q ' " 1 l ~ 1 ; r o " l . II ~ ' " II

Sloka-I'. Should tbe lords of the Lagna and that of the

Bhava representing the object of the query be benefic, posited- in good Bbavas and mutually aspect each other by any kind of

asped as mentioned in the Drishtiphalakhanda 11-17112-19112,

] b e range of applying aspect being with in 12 degrees, the As

trologer may safely pronounce tbe successful fulfillment of the

object in proportion CO the strength, auspiciousness, etc., of the

two planets referred to above, recognising the nature of tbe

aspect as best, medium or worst (IV-33 Supra). 1be strength oftbe Karab planet should also be simultaneously taken into account and results conveyed. Further, should there be any planet

occupying between the two lords alluded above, having an

applying aspect with either of the two within the range of 12

deglCxs, prediction may also be made tbrough that planet regarding

the nature, functions, etc., attributed to the planet (V-22lfl-

54112 supra). The period of fulfillment may be divined as de- ·fined in SL. 18 infra.

l I ~ ; f q < f t ~ ~ ~ 1 I ~ , , $ ' ~ ' l . 4 ; t i t ~ f t l f i l l ~ U ~ q ~ ~ " ~ " ( I ~ " " I t ~ I•

" ~ I ~ ' 1 ' l i i "i) l i l;ftS, " ~ ; t ; 'i\ iJUiOJ I

t { " I 1 ~ ' ' ' ' I ' I ' . i > i ' : ; ; ~ f o . , " I l ~ ~ : i l a'llI;

II

Section S. Misc ellaneous.

97

Sloka-1. TIle pleasure of impregnation is mosl auspi -

ciously achieved when tbe Moon is in Rohini, Mrigasira, Pur

vaphalguni. Purvasbadha, Purvabhadra, Ardra, Punarvasu,

Pushya. Hasta, Cbiltra, Swati, Visakha. Anuradha , Sravana,

Dhanishta, Satabbisha, Uttarphalguni; Uttarashadha and VIlarabhadra, in Dwiteeya, Saptami, Owadasi, Panchami , Dasami .

Triteeya, Trayodasi; and in the week-days of Jupiter, Mercury,

Venus and the Moon and in an auspicious Lagna unoccupied by

any planet. Tbe TIlbis 10 be avoided are: Ashtami, Pumima and

Amavasya.

~ , : lI'lII) ~ q ' l i a ~ : ; j " ' ' l a n f ! R i ~ ti"lr;a f . I , ! ~ I " ' ' ' ! 1 m " I ~ ~ fu 1

( i j ~ 1 'I!!' I q ' l " < ~ I . u ~ s r l ! ~ f >!,'" ~ f l ! lIi',\<! ' l r o f ~ < f , ' I . Ii II

Sloka-2. 1be first sexual union of a (married) man and a

woman soon after a bath after the lst menses is called Nisbeka.

A similar union after the ordinary monthly menses is known as

Garbbadbana. The Nisheka is considered most auspicious when

the Moon at the time is in Hasta, Swati, Anuradha, Moola,

Satabhi sha, Sravana, Rob ini, Uttarphalguni , Ullarashadha,

Uttarabhadra and Revati. lb e ugna should be auspicious, etc.,and free from the occupation of any planet as ment ioned earlier. This is also the view of the wise.

'II '111'\ { \ ~ : ! : i ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' 3 ~ 1 ' ' l o i l ~ r 0 7 . . {;j\'II 'If:; ~ ' ' ' .. ' I f<.,ij <Ii r t f . \ ' r ' ' I 1 ~ { I ~ I

{,ij <!1t<1{Ut filar.U!lOi ~ R f . I - . j f l a i q . ; f t { l f ~ i ! < i ' i ' , , " ; i \ r , . . R I W ' l l a l ? ' I I ' I . \I \I

.

S loka-3. When a girl is in her 16th summe r, with welldeveloped breasts and body and ha s not yet found to have al -

98

tained ber maturity, she (with great affection) should be madeto sit on a decent and beautiful seat on an auspicious day, clad

in white robes and channingly decked with golden ornaments.

Her Venus spot should be smeared with red saffron-powdermixed with rose water and other scents.

11 \I 11

Sloka-4. Considering her as one in her real menses for 3

days. she should be bathed on the 4th day . The husband should

approach her in an auspicious Lagna, as referred to earlier,

when tbe 5th house is not occupied by any planet That done,

the girl will very soon attain her puberty and prove a happy

C".ompanion to her husband for propagation. She will also become very suitable for sexual intercourse and will possess lhe

right to partake with her husband in all the religious ceremo

nies of the family relating to the gods and Manes.

ijlq i j ~ i ! ~ f a : :of.i: d l i \ ~ l t i j f f . ~ llhli' " ' 1 r u < : ; U ' ~ ~ ' 1 ' 1 i l f 7 ~ a;::oiI ~ l J l : I

"""""I",;j; "I ~ f . 1 ~ , ~ Q " " 1 ~ -~ ' I i [ f i I " I i 1 " ' ~ ~ f q ~ i ! ~ \ \ ! Q " ~ l l ~ 11 "I 11

Sloka-5. Should a birth take place w ~ c n the Moon is inAslesha or Magha, the result will be as detailed here : When a

child is born in the 1st, 2nd, 3rd or 4th Pada of Aslcsha, there

will be (1) loss of wealth (2) loss of brother (3) demise ofmother or (4) death of father respectively. When the birth is

towards the very end of Aslesha, the child itself may meet his

death. To ward off these hann the native's father should propi

tiate Gods Kala. Antaka, Mrityu according to the rules. When

the birth takes place in the 1st, 2nd, 3rd or the 4th Pada of

Magba, the result will be just the contrnry to what has been

stated in the case of Aslesha above.

99

i j ~ ' O l : ! ' f i l ' i I ' r . ; n ' i ~ 't.Qrf'1')'''I.n

: l ' ~ r,,'i " I , i O < r " i f t : ~ ' i f f i " " ' r ; ( H ~ l f l I l l ' 1

.... ....... "" .• if !!Im:g " ; , ! " ' \ ' I ~ a : " ". ..l l ' l : I l ' ~ ~ ;it i ' \ ' ! ! I r ~ ~ ' I " ' l . , ~ ' l f u f ' l ~ ' l q ! \ ' I > . : 1\ 0, II

SIOka1. results will be very much similar should

the birth happens when tbe Moon js in Jyeslha and Moota or

Revati and Aswini. In the afore said three pairs, the last de

grees of Aslesha, Jyestha and Revati and the 1st degrees of

Magha, Moola and Aswini are called Gandantarala and are

supposed to be most vulnerable points so that any birth occur

ring there in will soon cause the demise of tbe new born. If the

child, some bow survives. he will be a king or ruler possessed

of amazing valour.

'ro,,"3 "I ~ " ' l I ; n qfl:: l 1 i 1 ~ 0 ' 1 " l " ' ) " ' t !r1;q"'I>l!l.I;II• •1 ~ d t : . 1 ill,": ~ a i l ~ 1;1\'11 I

. . . l 'rnl " " ' i l l ! i i I " { " l ; ! I " - l { ~ ~ t . n * , ,~ 1 f . q " " R ' I < ! r " ! < l 1 I " ' i " ' 1 1 ! 1 " l ~ l ! I f ; q a r 1\ III II

Sioka-'. Should a girl altain maturity at such a juncture,she will soon become a widow, devoid of children, wealth,

happiness and clothing. She will be a wicked woman and bringa bad name to ber father 's family. All lhis could be averted and

soon she could be made 10 bring happiness and luck; and bear

children 100. But this will be possible only through proper

propitiation to Gods, Brahmins and tbe planets as initiated in

the Vedic riles by bpa, Homa and Archana.

"'l;;Q)?'l"Im '1ije. . . " i j ~ ~ f . u ~ , , , ~ ) -!<llali , " , , ; f t ~ t ~ ~ ~ t w , , ~ .....rnt I

" ' 1 ' < I " i j f l l i l ( . l q ~ ii ' l ~ "I i j ~ , ! l . ~ ' l ~ a i ' ~ i t ' 1 ~ i l I i ! " i n f ~ ~ "''11, 11': II

Sloka-8. When Ibe birthof

a girlor

her maturity takesplace in a Tyajyakala comprising of 4 Ghatikas, the result will

100

be (1) deatb of the father (2) death of the mother (3) loss of

wealth or (4) one's own destruction depending upon whether

the birth or maturity has occurred in the 1st, 2nd 3rd or the 4th

Ghatikas respectively of the Tyajyakala. To guard against theevi ls emanating from these, one should perfonn (1) Worship of

God Rudra (2) Worship of God Yama (3) Worship of Fire or (4)

Worship of God Mrilyu respectively. I f the birth or maturitylakes place during a solari or lunar eclipse either the father or

tbe mother will meet hisllkr end.

" I l ' l 6 ~ 1 ~ {f.Iij R o ~ ~ lITRr<i~ S i r .iHTIflt{{ o:1'1l1qt;i I

" l l i 1 , , ! q ~ f q f ; ~ q ' : ! . G ~ " ' ~ : R ~ i\q:\!

i F , . ~ ! ' U < ! ' 1 I ~ li'1'!"I:I;'F.h"ITf'.'l<!: II", II

Slolw-9. A precious and divine med k ine if got prepared

or COItsumcd when the Moon is in the Amritaghatika or a star,it will act like nectar and completely cure the disease the native

will be suffering from. Ailments arising due 10 the disturbance

of the three humours will also be completely cured. Prefect

heallh will be restored, vital energy will be developed and

longevity will be gnmtcd to the native. Bhagwan Dbanvantari,

born of the ocean, has thus spelled many ways of the medical

cures to remove the several diseases.

3 1 " e " " ' ~ ~ " i I i ) "f<: i j ; ; l ; I ! ' I l I I f ~ f i l -i l 4 ; ; q l ~ f t f u " 1 " . q l ; R b . I i ~ i j r ' ~ I o a : ~ I

3113'q;;I q , " ~ ; 6 \ f a a ~ " ~ ~ I p . : ' l i i l f " l i j ~ w n s ~ f . I ~ : l!<i ~ I ! f < f . l ~ I l ; ; " a ~ . q l " " I ! 0 II

S l o k a ~ 1 0 . When a native is sonless till the age of 60 or

his horoscope reveals that he will be sho rt lived and that he ha s

nol been blessed with a child; he should beller arrange 10 adopl

a son the year wished for by him. This child should be en*

dowed wilh longevity, fame. issues, wisdom and prosperity .

The adoption ceremony should be observed on an auspicious

day when the Sun is Uttarayana and in a f o r e ~ noon.

~ l t l ' l i ! 1 1 t ; 1 1 ~ l l l T r ~ \ l f u l i Ii l ; / \ ~ l i ; . 1 ~~ i t l i > i i ~ f . I ( > . ' <f1:;qf.1 N iI;r,.. ; < ' l l \ < ' l T f ~ il I

~ l f t . q l l l ' l n ' l "l t;I'?;(>,l! "fila

10]

i j l { i " l ; ~ ~ i . ' 5 , f ; , , 1 t ' i J ~ ..i t i i ; ; ~ a " l l ~ i j i l II

Sioka-H. The several Kutas (20) Nadi, YORi, etc., between

the native and the boy proposed to be adopted should agree and

tbe boy should be one of his own Galra. The Moon al tbe lime

shouldbe

in anyoneof

the following Nakshatras: Swa ti .Punarvasu, Pushya, Rohini, Anuradha, Hasta, Revati. Aswini.

Sravana, Dhanistha, Satabhisba, Ultara-phalguni, Uttarasbadha

and Ullarabhadra . The Lagna and the 51h house should be devoid

of any malefic plane!. The sta r and the Moon 's position on that

day should be agreeable 10 the natal star, and the Lagna sbould

be associated or aspected by benefies.

r o r t ~ l i ~ r 5 l i ' l , ' ! f a f u i l fuat a>l, I ; l i l i ! ~ S $ . q ~ t 1 I ] ~ ' ! 3 a ~ , q I W ' l , f i ' l { i j ~ , I

~ ~ ] i \ ~ " " I \ I ) i j a ~ ~ " ' l " "l ' l ! ~ i.'511 i 1 I < q l ; l ( R ~ "iii ' i I ~ ' 1 i ' : R t ' l i q , r ~ f l I : 11 ~ " ' II

Sloka-12. The preliminary work lea ding to a weddingshould be got initialed by Sumangalis (ladies) when the Moonis posited in Pul1:lrvasu, Pushya, Aswini, Anuradha, Hasta, Chillra,

Swat i, Sravana, Dhanistba, Satabhisha; and on week days other

than those of Venus and Mars. The 5th and the 9th Bhava should

be devoid of planets and the Lagna at thc lime should be an

auspicious onc. The various planets should also be propitiated

and the whole ceremony should be pcrfonned with music anddancing and the like merriments.

' l . ; i I { I ; I ~ ; ~ " 1 ! I ' I !ii\: ;!ilil!l ~ l i i j ' l llW'!.uire>li " q , ~ f u > l l ~ ~ ~ q i l Iall ~ r f l ; w . f t i ' 4 0 ' l : i j ' l ! ~ ! ; l ~

~ ' " , ~ l > i i l l ' : li'.!",Gfd " , ~ q ; i ~ ~ ' ! . II n II

102

Sioka-IJ. The auspicious in vilalioliS should be got written

in " son and appealing language 0 11 a day when the Moon is

full ; 0 11 a da y of Mercury, when he is free from any maleficasped or associa tion; on the day of Jupiter or of Venus, in a

Bhadra, Puma, o r Ja ya Tilhi and when the Moon occupies movable

Naks hatra (Swa li, Punarvasu. Srava na. Dhani stha o r Satabhisha)

and in the fast moving Nakshatras (Aswini, Hasta or Pushya),

in a Lagna aspeeted or occupied by Mercury, Jupiter and Venus;

and the 51b 8hava is void of planets.

, j ~ l q i l " ' T fufit: ~ H ! ] " " a " ' I i 1 ; o ; I ~ !Iii<i\:;q ~ m ' l l : ~ i I ~ ~ ~ r ! i I " ' . . . r r ~ : 1

; t \ ; o ; I i ? ; s f { ~ h f r 11f" i j i j l S r . ~ l < i ; r : i'111i1-

gr.n (If.\'lo1 ! f ; ' n " , . " . r , , ~ i!-q i! "I!r. \I

5Ioka-14. Multiply the number of tbe Tilhi, when a slickor I post for the marriage pandal is erected , by 5. Add to Ihis

product the number of tbe day's Nakshatra reckoned from Kriltika.

Again, 12 superadded to this sum and this to tal be divided by

9. When the remainder will be 7,4 or I , the to rtoise King will

be in water, it is a good omen and the resull will be gain. 1£ tbe

said remainder be 8,2 or 5, the to rtoise will be o n land, and tbe

result or the same is loss or destruction. Should the remainder

in question be 3,9 6, he would be in the sky and the result

would be death.

f.\iIiQ ' , " 8 " ~ : ~ ' f l l c i ) ~ f i " , q i j ~ ~ f i \ q ' f i " l I ~ " ' ~ I ~ 1 i T anq "Iltr " , , , ~ f ~ i I :

3 T 1 " { l c : : f i l I l ; I i T 1 I 1 ~ 1 I ~ "Iln{ir ,,\\liT~ l i l q f 1;I;o;11!-rl qf;; Il:fuiii!: ~ i ! ~ ' " i 1 ' l ' . I1l"U

Sluka-IS. When constructing a ncw building. make 3ve rti ca l blocks. In each or them dra w 4 horizont,,1 lines. Begin

ning rrom Ihe bonom on the lert side, write out Aswini and the

other Naks halras as shown in the figure ( 1st rour ascending +Sth 0 11 top +ncxt 4 descending):

103

Mriga

Rohini AnI . . Hasta 1 - - - - Swati

Krittika P. Vas u Ut1aral-__ Vishaka

Bhami Pushya Purva Anuradba

Aswini Ashlesha Magha __ lyeshta

Dhanbhta

Shravana Satatlarka

U. Ashadha P. Bhadra

P. Ashadha U. Bhadra

Mula Revati

1be ascending Nakshatras and the three on the lops willgive good effects. But when a malefic planet is posited on lOY

star on the ascending side, it will indicate death. Should the

planet be good, the effect will be productive of good.

3tllT ' ' ' ~ : t j , , ' f . M i l ' ! ' l ; r . q f ~ f 3 1 i ~ l t . ~ , , ~ s ~ -eo ...........

' l 1 " ; ~ ~ f i l f ( i l ~ n q ! ! . q " ' I ! F i l ' ~ m < i l ' ~ ' I . 1, , ~ ' l i l ; r . f i I ~ 'f.M '! ~ M ~ ~ 1 . n n " l l T l l 1 :

.., . - .\ I , ~ ~ \ l R ~ q l ' l ~ ( ; j ' . f . ' P ' ! <'Ill II II

Sloka-16. At the time of making a new «(or the 1st time)

entry to a house or town or iniliating any new enterprise count

from the Nakshatra occupied by the Sun upto the Nakshalraoccupied by the Moon - including Abhij it also. When Ihis

104

Nakshatra happens to be within the first 7 stars reckoned from

the Sun, it signifies evil; in the next 3 the result will be again

bad and in the next 14 it will be good. This is called. Vrishabha

Chakra. Similarly, if the star falls within the first 5 reckonedfrom the one occupied by the SUD, it will be bad; if within tbe

next S. it will be good. In the succeeding S. it will be again bad,

but in the las. 6, it will be good again. This is known as Kalasa

Chakra. Thp. good or bad effects of any new enterprise may

thus be easily foreseen.

"Iii; " I ; r I ~ q % ; It: f t ~ R I ,,1"'1>1;roiT" ' ~ d l ~ 1 rtl'l'!l 'Wl.n I ' l , ~ ~ E l I ~ 1." r, 'i<

'll! < I l " ' ~ "a' W l ' f . ~ ~ ~ , < f t c f ; $ . ~ " ' ' I l , , ; i T , g ' f i 1 : . n ~ ~ . ' l ~ 'lfu, \I N \I

' i : " ' ! J i ~ ~ " " o ~ lIijfu

a " ~ l t ; t I ' I i ! i f l q ~ ;nm"l'O"f" o[fio;fu (l':i11 ,pi i ! 1 ~ 1

r r - f t ~ I / i ! l ail! . l j ~ l i : ' l : f u : ~ ' I \ '" 1(1<1

it''I'" ~ ' 1 I " l ~ 1 f . 1 f t f u ' l ~ ' h 1 t < l ' ~ " , ' a l Ii \I

~ 1 f U l O i l ' ~ ' t q l ~ . n " l , , ~ f f i l1I:tr'.lUJ 'Il>;it•

< f i . ~ ' I I I I f ? ~ i ? : f u f ' ! " ' \ ~ " ' ~ '11;;lj ~ ~ I ISloka-17-IS Ih. The Dasa Chakra is of tbe fonn of a human

being, a male. Reckone from the natal slar of the Dasa till that

of the master. When the number is within (be .first 3, it is sup

posed to be on the bead, and the result be monetary gain; when

it is within tbe next 3, it is on the face and denotes loss or

destruction; the succeeding 5 to the latter denote the chest and

promise much accumulation of wealth; should it be within the

next 6, it is on the feet and effect is poverty or insufficiency;

when any o f tbe next 2, it in on the back and predicts danger to

li fe; the next 4 denote th e abdomen (pelvis) and the result will

be good. The next 2 are assigned to the anus and the result is

fea r. 1be last 2 belong respectively to the right and left band

and their respective effects will be wealth and death. The Dasee

105

Chakra is very much akin to the aforesaid one,but it belongs to

the female sex. In this Chakra, the first 3 stars are on the bead

and s ignify gain, the next 3 are on the face and signify loss; the

next 2 are on the two shoulders and denote the death of themaster. The next 5 are on the back and denote growth. The next

7 are on the cbest and signify loss. The next I is on the private

parts and forebodes insult. The next 6 are on the two feet, 3 on

each, and the result will be loss of wealth.

I;IT.m I ! f t < f t ~ q f !lUl'!i{IV ' I 1 " R 1 ~ ~ 1 ill"l {rf.\{>j\ l < ! i l r " l ! l 1 I f . ~ I , , 1 I!rtl/mf.<i. II \11

~ i l 1 l f ~ ~ I < I ~ ' ! "{ ~ i t ~ n t ~ r ~ i t 'li1tlT1iI "{iJ'q;::l,{ t q ' ! 1 1 l I ' { I i ~ , ! O i l r ~ I

Sluka .18Y.t-19Y&. When a cow o r a she buffalo is to be

purchased or accepted as a gm, the result will be as follows:

Count Cro'm Unaraphalguni to the slar ruling 011 the day of

buying or receiving, should this number be within the (jrst 3, it

will promise gain; i f within the next 2, it foretells loss, the next

8 indicate gain of money; lhe next 5, happiness; the next 8,

again gain and the last I, great fear. 1be corresponding parts of

the body denoted by tbe said six groups are: (1) head (2) face I

(3) the two feet (4) chest (5) the breasts and (6) the private part.Bulls and other similar quadrupeds should be negotiated or

accepted as gifts after dueiy consulting this Cham.

~ A r . I " R l i I " 1 1 G 1 ~ ' i I i ~ ~ n : 'mlf ~ . i < ~ m ~ f q ~ f ~ : ~ { 1 \ < l " , 1 1 1 ~ · 1 1 iJ fa<iif ! ! i l ! T ' ! 3 q I 1 H ~ T ' I I 1 S J f ; n ~ l n ' t

IIi:\ ; n ~ l gom'll m. " " ~ : !!l!To(it I

SIok.19 ~ 2 0 When going 10 ride a horse, count from

the star occupied by the Sun till the natal star of the native

(including Abhijil). Should tbe number be within the first 5, it

is on the back; if within the next 10, it is on the hind portion, tbenext next 2. will be on tbe tail ; the next 4, on tbe legs; the neXt

106

5, on the belly; and the last Z. on the face . Their errects in their

order arc (I) prosperity (2) gain (3) loss of wife (4) obstacles(5) destruction and (6) gain of money.

' l . o l ! f i f o ! " J W o ~ ~ " m o q ~ - q f ~ ~ f O ' l ' I ' ~ I " ' l ~ i l i ' l i q a ' l i ~ ~ 'l1!$

~ H . t ~ i i ! l l 1 " l q i j i q { I ~ ! I I W-I: '1,!'i!6 . q < U t t 6 q r ~ l I i ~ I T O I T O ~ iI ijff.ijil<\. I

II ... II.

9 o b - ~ 2 1 ~ When mounting an elephant count fromthe Nakshatra occupied by the Sun 10 the natal star of the na·

live. Should the number be within the first 2; the nut 2; the

next 2; the next 2; the next 2; the next 4; the next 4; the next 4;

and the last 6, the limbs in their order with the corresponding

effects will be as under: ears-gain, head- gaiD. tusk-great pain,

tail-deslruction, trunk-prosperity, back-wealth, chest-disease.face-no change and feet-gain.

311{)t ~ 1 I i ! ~ ~ " ( " d l < l " " I " " I ' tlif ~ ~ ,!If,lJf;f,; '!(,(!II :Ire I

9o'm 2 1 ~ 2 2 ~ Before mounting a palanquin, rount fromthe Nakshatra occupied by tbe Sun to Ihe one occupied by lbe

Moon al lbe moment. Assign in the regular order 5 Nakshatras

for each of the four quarters of Ihe palanquin beginning from

the East, the last 7 being reserved for the centre. The variouseffects will be (1) bealth (2) much difficulty (3) emaciation (4)

disease (5) and prosperty. When a native mounts the palanquinin an auspicious moment, it promises long life, growth and

happiness .

Wlrlll RCalf ~ " i ) ; f { ~ ~ " " t ~ > ' I

'II iI'i~ q . '" ; i ; ' t ~ " ' l " . " < ii'll{, II < II

107

i l I ~ !Ill l! ... >lilrt ' f i 1 I ~ ' l q l ~ ~ q"",,",,q<i\

" ( l , ! q ~ ( "'!ISM>!

l I l \ f f i ~ ~ I~ ' I , " . q ~ l I ' f i ( ~ q ; ( 'I'" l! ;ro'l;fa

i j ~ ~ " , , > i T t ; I " ' f t - ! q ; { ~ l ' < i " ' ' ' I f ~ ' 1 i j < l . " ~ \ 1 "SIoka-22Y.l-24. When bolding a royal umbrella the fol*

lowin Nakshatras arc always auspicious: ( I) Ardra (2) Ullar

phalguni (3) Uuarashadha (4) Ullarbhadra (5) Rohini (6) Pushya

(7) Sravana (8) OhaniSlha and (9) Satabhisha. Count from the

natal Nakshalra to the Nakshalra occupied by the Sun. Reserve

the first J Na kshatrns for the bottom or handle of the umbrella.

and the next 7 for the slick or holder, the next 5 to the portion

of the slick protuding above; the next 8 to tbe inside of the

umbrella and the lasl 4 to its lOp . The several effects in their

order will be (1 ) destruction (2) loss of wealth (3) royal favour(4) a great and noble king and (5) fame.

"....~ , Q i \ i l t r l " " ' I i r I " " ' ~ ; ; J " " f t 'Iffif1; a-" { ~ ' ' ' ' ~ i i 1 ' 1 i l , · l r l a " , "I'r.! ~ " ' . ~ I

"'it !Ill f i I ~ f i \ ~ ~ ~ ! i l ~ ~ ! ! III?!,!

llIm " ' ! l a " , ~ f i l l f ~ < i " ~ ~ ' 1 ~ " ~ ~ I""Sloka·2S. Reckon from the Sun's Nakshatra to the one

occupied by the Moon at tbe moment. 4 Nakshatras each for the

four legs of the cot are to be reserved and a Nakshatra each for

the four knobs of the fOUf legs; and 7 for the ccntre of the COl.

The corresponding effects will be extreme happiness for the

centre, fear for the four comers, good offspring and prosperityfor the knobs. The Mancha Cbakra has been described in this

manner•

.. to .!I. "' i I ; " W " , , " " I " ' ' ' ' ' ' H a ~ . q,"" ill":,;t UJI1 1 i { q 1 l l f ~ ~ ~ ' l 3 : Q " " ~ ! J : I

_ f ~ a q i! ~ i ' i f l t f u """"!I'll: q3i!;i;

&11": "IRfiI ",,,iIfoff ~ ! J ( ' 1 " " I 1 ~ ' I ; f . , , ~

•

lOS

Sloka·26. Count from the Nakshatra occupied by tbe

Sun till the natal Nakshatra of the native. Reserve 5 Nakshatrasfor the arrow-blade and 5 for the arrow shaft; 5 for the junction

points of the arrow and the bend of the bow; 2 stars for the bowcane and 5 for each of the two ends of the bow. The respective

results will be: (1) gain (2) victory (3) becoming valourous (4)discomfiture and (5) destruction. The wise have advised so.This is known as Suam or Chapa Chakra .

~ ' t 'I'"'la ' I "l;r.fu'3nlil ~ ' ~ ; n ' i l !Ii(i j i i l l ~ " l T ' l l r l l l R r f ~ t l 5 i 'Ita: I

..... Iui q ' l " t l J l l W ! i l l l ~ ' l ~ { ' l ~ 1 I ~ ~ ~ q l f t q 6 1 l < 1 : t i l " ' 1 ' 1 ~ , i j ! i i I f I R ; q i \ ~ ; II '(IS n

Sloka-27. Reckon from the Sun's Nakshatra till the

Natal Nakshatra of the native. Should the number fall within

(1) tbe first 3 (2) the next 6 (3) the next 3 (4) the next 6 (5) the"next 3 (6) the next 3 and (7) the lasl 3, they are sup)X)SCd to

have link with the following portions of the car and their re

spcctive effects will be as noted against each of them :

(1) Danda or the central pole Success.

(2) The Wheels Fame.

(3)The top Death .(4) The bottom Happiness.

(5) The front portion of the car Gain of money.

(6) Yoke --- Failure or obstacle.

(7) All round Yielding happiness.

. ,. ' l ' ~ 1 ~ 1 ; a 1 i l ' l ~ i ! r fu ' l " l ~ ' l l ; ; : : : l I " l f . l , ~ f t -, ~ ~ {If.I'I'I1 f . l l { i a ' l l i ~ ' 1 1 ~ 'I'Ilq 6<1: 1

\ I ; i t , , : : : q f o t i R , w f u ~ "k0 ;oql'O"""

' ! . O { i ' l ~ ~ ta<!lf?;"'lil ~ 1 ' l ! 1 f t i f , " I ~ , ! II II

Sloka-28. Reckon (rom the Sun's Nakshatra till the starruling on the day, sbould tbe number chance to fall in anyone

109

of the following 9 groups of three each, the result will be : (1)

destruction (2) prosperity (3) freedom from disease (4)de

struction (5) influx of wealtb (6) trouble from Government (7)poverty. insurficiency (8) causing death and (9) happinessrespectively. This is the speciality of the Ghuma Chakra or oi lmill that extracts oil from sesamum, comanul and the like.

I I . q ~ f ~ I I l ' < 1 ~ q ~ · ; ( . m u : lfiQl<'ii<'5QQ) > i l ( 1 f . ! < ' 5 1 ~ ) ' a l ' l : I~ 1 ~ 1 ' l , ~ '" ~ O A l d i f i I , " ~ ; j ; ",)..rn

' t 0 1 i " , i O ~ ~ 4 ~ a f t i ' f ~ It ' 1 ) : ; { ~ ~ II ~ . , IISloka-29. Reckon from the Nakshatra ocupied by the

Sun 10 the Nakshatra occupied by the MOOD_ When the number

falls within (1) the first 4 (2) the next 2 (3) the next 2 (4) thenext 1 (5) the next 5 (6) the next 5 (7) the next 2 and (8) tbe next6, the results in their ordqJ will be (a) prosperity (b) destruction(e) lots of gain (d) destruction (e) death (1) good (g) emaciation

of the body and (b) much wealth. This Gbuma Chakra will

guide the man as to when he should begin to extract the sugar·• •

cane JUice.

!,l.qlNmaql!. !j1l''''''01:n'l. f " " ' f i 1 ( , 0 1 ' ~ o i T ( ' 0 1 1 " ' 1 f ' i l 1 1 1 ~ " I " " ~ " Q " ' ~ l i i j ' e ~ ' I . I

'Ii<1qtU! ;jiQ<i) ~ " , ~ " , ; f . , ~ a l ( I ) " -; f t , m q ~ ~ \!>IT~ " , ! , q , < r . ~ ~ l t < t ~ II II

Sioka-JO. Reckon from tbe Naksbatra occupied by theSun till the star of the day the question. Sbould the number

be within the first 3, it will be bad; if between 4 and 6, it will

be good; if between 7 and 9, it will be bad; if wit bin tbe next 5,

ie, between 10 and 14, it will be auspicious; if within 15 and 17,

it will be bad; i f between 18 and 22. it will be good, in tbe next

3, i.e., between 23 and 25, it will be bad. In the last, it will be

auspicious. These are the rules to be observed in Hala Cbakr.twbile sowing tbe seeds or launching agricultural operations

afresb .

ItO

31.",".. ( i l I ~ q q r t f . r e i<rit '" ~ < ; q f !{if'lft$ <iI1I Q I (Ilfil\i ~ Q ( \ !{q'l. I

rt I I f ~ ~ " , " " < l f ~ \ " i f " ' ~ t q ; R f t < ! " " , I " ~ ~ ~ IIHII

Slob-3l. Count from the Nakshalra occupied by the

Sun (including Abhijil), place the first 6 abov:e the boat, 3 on

the lOp of tbe prop or support, 3 on tbe bottom of the same, Olle

on the back. 6 on both the sides at 3 each and 3 on Sukkanakahelm of the ship-and 6 inside the boat. Th is is a Chakra 10 be

applied when building a new boat or plying tbe same. The 6

stars over the boat and a like number inside are declared to be

propitious. while tbe rest denote evil.

,Iii ~ q r f ! . : ~ " ' ; a , f , rt lIU1i1 .1U11 aiil: 't."'m~ o ? ; ~ ! ! ~ , i;llllc::t: ~ 1 ' l : a l \ < 1 I II'll ~ 4 . I

.10" (lVIilin: ' i f , q l « t i i ' l f l l ~ 1 1 l 1 i . T ~ i l i l ' > ' i ->Ri"I'" ' l " " < { 1 , ! q " , , , ~ f . I ~ <I'IW II '( II

S loka-32. Reckon (rom Krittika till the star ruling all the day,

reserve 5 fo r the face, 9 for the neck, 8 Cor tbe centre and 5 for the pos t.

The respective effects of lhese 4 groups will be: (1) honour (2) gain (3)

the death of the master and (4) kingship. This Oeepika Cham is to be

applied when a lamp is to be new ly used to gain prosperjty

.. * i ~ H f l l l i ~ mli ~ ~ ( ; l " [ 1 i I 'liIlfCG

«lIfUTas f a ~ j h l ; ( i ' l ~ 1'l<"'1!l1!,jl(l,,;fh1r ; ~ d l { ~ 1 1 l 1 ~ II4fa d"iiQ11l ""_1'4""111", IIHII

Sk)ka·33. Reserve 3 Nakshatras from Ro hini for the centre.

The rest of the 24 Nakshatras "n sets of 3 each should be ass igned in

their order to the 8 quarters or direction comme ncing from the East.

When a well or a tank is dug while the M90n is in anyone of thesegroups, it will show the possibili ty of obtaining water or absence of it

111,

in tbat in the following way: (l)walerwill be found very soon (2)

there will be no water (3) medium (4) no water (5) plenty o(waler (6)

·very sweet water (7) saltish water (8) full of water and (9) mediumsupp ly .

,

$Iil1 n : , ~ 'lffi '"" _llII q ~ : ~ q > . : " ' ' ' 1 ! ! q l f l f l _ 1 ! ! l r n . ' l ) ~ ~ I

' I m l ! t h " , q ~ \\i"""""",, Ifi\ffi!!T:Ik ~ ~ I f l t t i j :

•

Sloka-J4. While constructing a bouse or digging a weU

or reservoir or opening a pleasure garden. tbe erection of apillar or column should be done at a time when tbe effect isdeclared as good or auspicious out of the following results:

count from the Naksbatra occupied by the SUD till the one Moonis posited in. sbould the star at the time Calls within the first 6-it signifies death; if within tbe next 20, the result will be fame

and prosperity; if it falls in the last 2. loss of wealth. Then only

the work will briog fame, happLness and p r o s ~ r i t y to ahe family

I l { ) ~ " ' I ~ R ~ f a a ~ ~ q K ~ q { f . iIi)Df"li!1!iI q!;!flta ' < i I ~ R I ; j ; ,

3 1 [ ' ~ ~ ~ 4 1 ""'1.n 'F§ ~ i l 'IiIi<iT

r F I ~ ~ ~ " , f o : < i l ' ! ~ f ; ; l . l " l l . p , I I ~ " II• • •

Sioka-JS. Count rrom the Nakshtra occupied by the Sun

till the :;la r or the day. Mark 4 stars ror the upper p o ~ i o n or the _

door rrame, J ror the centre, 8 ror the 4 CO Olers at 2 each, 8 for

the top hinges at 4 ror each and the last 4 ror the bottom of the

rrame. The respective result will be : (1) kingship (2) kingship

again (3) banishment (4) 8 kinds or wealth and (5) death. This

Dwara Chakra is profilable to find out the auspicious Naksha

tra ror raising the door rraine.

tT., " , ' ~ a , r a ~ : ~ « I ~ s f ~ l { , ~ ~ > l ~ ~ " ~ f q " a " ' H q i ? ( ~ ,

112 '

ll,jl!ll!$F.IiI;lT"WIl;pg>i; . ~ t t : ' l A I 6 O l " ' ! ~ ~ ( I t « I R : ~ f 1 ~ d ~ I < f . I

SJoka-36. Note the Tithi ruling at the .time; add to it the

number denoting the week day and one more. Divide the sum

so obtained by 4. When tbe remainder is 3 or 0. ' it promises

happiness. Should it be 1 or 2, it indicates loss of money. Reckon

from the Sun's Nakshatra till .that of tbe Moon. ' Divide tbe

number into 9 groups of 3 each and assign them to the several

planets in the following 'order : Sun. Mercury, Venus., Saturn.Moon, Mars, Jupiter, Rabu and Ketu.. Should the Nakshatra

belong to a benefic planet, it will denote prosperity; if to a

malefic planet, il forebodes evil. This Cham is to be used

whenever a new oven or furnace is to be used or a new fire issuggested for the purpose of adoration of planets or idolation.

~ j q r q r . ! l I ? - . n ~ f . I ~ R i ~ ; f , I mit~ ~ < t t l! « " I l i ; m : f . I ~ 1 i I I i!!",'rW<'f.<'l'l, I

1 4 I \ 1 ' I 4 ~ ~ l v & ~ I ' ; l ' l f l t f t ! I ! I r ~ ~ ' l r . i tf,f ~ I " " q ~ r f t ; ; i ; "1'1 ~ ~ 2 ' ' ! l q ~ i 1 j j ! 1 ~ II ~ 1 9 II

Sloka·37. Multiply the length of aOOX

by its breadth interms of inches and yavas. Divide this product by 9. The re

mainders t b e ~ f , viz., 1, 2, 3, etc. will respectively corre

spond to the 9 planets. from the Sun onwards. The good or bad

effects will be correspondingly identical with the planet de

noted by the remainder. Where it is more than 2 yavas it is a

mark. An inch = 8 yavas. .

"!if; \ t l i l q ~ ~ m f i l w.. :;[?-.... mi ~ ' t II <: II

tf\;:i '" I'lli' f ~ < : : ' l 'lill1ll,f$iit ' ! T ~ < 1 t ~ i "!!0l11ll''W!ft! &:1fl.'1'it<i Ili'llll: I

113

'lifW'''I'iIIf'lS'I'!T a i l q ~ ~ . ~ ' I { 1 ~ \ § ' i \ ~ : "i j ; f i ; f i ~ q . n f ' ! ~ ' 1 f < : : l!ol'lil!,p.1'1>lI'il'll<t, II '" II

Sloka-38-39. When a man is eager 10 settle down in a new

town or country he should find out the mosl opportune time for

the purpose. This he can leam in the.following manner so that

he may be blessed with children, wealth and prosperity. The

Chakra for the purpose is in the shape of a mall. Count from the

star of the town or country till the natal Nakshalra of the native.

Should the number be within the first 5, it will be on the head,and the effect will be accumulation of wealth. When it is within

the next 3, it will be on lhe face denoting destruction; j f within

the next 5, it will be on the chest ensuring wealth; if within the

next 6, it will be on the 2 Ceet at 3 per each foot foreboding lossof wealth; if it is the next star, it will be on the back denoting

danger to life if within the next 4, it will be on the pelvis and

signify prosperity. The next 2 stars will be on the anus andforebode trouble and fear. The last 2 will relate to the two

hands - right and left - at one each promising much gain and

poverty respectively .

0 I " , ~ 1 ! , > ( i " 1 " ' ; t ; It I f " ' ~ " i ' " il ~ ~ l ~ i I ~ 1f.I1\!!: 5 f { s ~ 1 1 ~ !!'111/i1I;1l'lI{tli! ~ ~ ' t I

~ q i M ~ ; i 'liilfu ~ > i 1 ~ 2 i i i ' 1 , ~ "flf<lli a'RIo,'1'li2i " ' 1 f J \ ~ '"';;::01\ IIY·1I

Sloka-40. Count the natal asterism of the boy whose

sacred thread (Yaguopaveetf ceremony is to he held, till the

Nakshatra occupied by lupiter. Reserve the first 5 for the bead,tbe next 3 for the face, the next star for the chest, the 8 for the

2 feet, 2 stars for the boy's Palasa (start) and the next 8 for the

deer skin worn. The respective results will be : (1) happiness

(2) swerving from one's religious duties (3) a slanderer (4)

afflicted with disease (5) lustrous and (6) learned.

~ { i ' f . : . < : ~ f i 4I"la ~ r u r q ~ t f ~ ? : t r : : l ' f f i i j ~ f f i f a i j ~ !!U: ~ > l ' 1 " ' 1 ; ; j ; F-lilff.ci ,;$ i! f . \ ' ' I l & ~ ' { I

f u ~ ~ q , . . <loIl,illl 'l13il1Q1 'lJl r " ~ M I n . f < r i \ " ~ I r . : q f u f . l l ? : ~ ~ ~ ~ a ' ~ , ! ""i",elll II V! II

3l'{!lR! q ' i ~ l i ~ O ; " ' i i al "l;;fl'Wl;fi

ffii9"! ' l l lHi Q f " f g i ; ; ; j 1 . l i f ~ 5 ' \ ' < ' l t Oil: I

" l l f u ~ ' , , " '!il) , ~ a P + i Pi'" iiil,>J;;1l1: 'Ii{)-, . 'l i ~ , , " I ~ ill f < I ~ f t " I ! ~ I 1 I l [ I r . <'l fll ; r r ~ < . , , : IIV<-II

.......... '" ll:.. : .~ " ' ' ' ' Q ' I " r q i < t ' ~ o 1 t f ; : ' d < i ( . ; : q ' 2 ~ t f ' 1 ~ p ~ ~ ; ~ r r . f i : ; ! l ' l ' l I!;' " i ! i " ~ " ' ; ? l " ' t ' l l R ~ i \ I~ , , q f , . l ~ n t f ~ < f t ! l l i ' l ' l I ~ ~ f ' 1 f < 1 ~ .•<fr

' I ~ l f ' , " " M l ~ q l l ' : i l l ' i ' i , ~ ' ~ "'1(' f'11:: I; V II

" "" '"".' q ~ ' r ' i 1 ' l O i l ; H ~ t s " ffit'liil<"if,1

~ ; ; l " t f.\fil'lil,it n 1,0\01 " ~ l l l ! l l l f i O ' i l l f , ISlnka41-4..1'h. In order to guess whether there is a hidden

treasure, ullc..lcrgroumJ , o f jewels, money, bones, etc. in a house

or at a s ite, and to be sure about the lruth or otherwise of its ex

istence by verification, the Nidhi Chakra is most appropriate.Draw five horizonlal lines crossed by 8 vcJ1ical lines, tbus

making 28 squares. Post in them all the 28 Nakshatras inclu

sive of Abhijit thus : Let the 7 squares in the top horizontal

lines be occupied by the Nakshatras Revati, Aswini. Bhami,

Krittika, Magha, P.phalguni and UltaJjl.phalguni respectively.

In the next horizontal line, the order of the Nakshatra will be :

UUarabhadra, Purvabhadra. Satabhisha, Roruni, Aslesha, Pushyaand Hasta. The 3rd borizontal line will comprise of the Naksha·

tras: Abhijit, Sravana, Dhanishta, Mrigasira, Ardra, Punarvasu

and Chitrao The last linc will consist of tbe Nakshatras UI

larashadha, Purvashadha , Moola, Jyeshta, Anuradha, Visaka

and Swali. The Moon is tbe lord of tbe 14 s tars : Bharani,

Krillika, Aswini, Ardra, Punarvasu, Pusbya, Magha, Aslesha,

Abhijil , Revali , Sravana, Uttarashadha, Purvashadha and

Purvabhadra. The Sun is tbe lord the remaining 14 Naksha·

115

lias. The Sun and the Moon at the time of query will guide

about the kind of the treasure concealed (SL-46,47 infra). Table

showing the Nakshatra positions .

•

U.evati Aswini Bhami Kriuika Magha P.I

Phalguni Phalgun

U. P. Sata- Rahini Aslesha Pusbya HaslaBbadra Bhadra bbisha

Abbijit Sravana Dharu- Mriga- ArII. . P.Vasu Chitrashta sira

U. P. Moo!a lyestha Anu- Visakba Swati

Ashadha Ashadha radha

alilRi { f ~ ~ l l I ~ I { ' " ~ R l l l I R I , ~ i r o l f ~ a -Om;6 " f ? ; i I i 1 f ~ ' l " « ! l " I l ~ t ! l H ; ; ' ' ' ' il1!'I. ttlill tt

( I ' l J q t ~ " ' t ' 1 q l T ' > T f . I ~ a t qe'lIH;;\<'" f1; "(1m<! " ' l ~ < l q t ' l ' l q i i (lr<'li@;i\s"" I

i j l 1 " ' t ~ ; t f t { " ' 1 t 2 ~ " ' t : IfHtf",f.lm: 1 1 I ~¥hlil ;;\i'lll!iI.'l'" ' 1 ~ : ~ ' " A'IlillI: l f i q l i l . t t V ~

Slokn-4..1 lh-45. The time taken in Ghatikas by the SUIl 10

traverse a complete Nakshatra from its beginning 10 the end is

called the 'divisor'. Note the interval in Ghatikas taken by the

Sun from the lime of his entry into thai Nakshalra till the de

sired moment and multiply the same by 60 and use the divisor

referred 10 above. The remainder should be multiplied by 27and Ihe product be divided by 60. II will give the number of

stars counled from Aswini lhal have been traversed by the Sun

at Ihe time. Similarly find oul the intelVal laken by the Moon in

lhe Nakshatra she is posited in to travel the Ishta Ghati or

required time. Multiply this by 27 and divide the product by 60.

1be quolient will reveal the number of Nakshalras counted

from Aswini passed by the Moon. The remainder in Ghatikasand Vighatikas will denote her position at the time.

116

a ' ' ' ' \ ~ l ! t . l \ ~ t 1 ! "I OTt 6>11

am (q"lii5<f. I ! ~ O t ' ! ' 1 a;iIif,>,! "I . n ~ .. I

Ifhi qQ'fq iht ""f : i ik! \ ~ f : : l j ~ <t-" -~ ~ ; n f q ;flf4\l: ",,!fq ~ \ ~ ' f f i I ' " ~ ~ ' 1 ' IIY 1\ It

Sloka46. Compute the position of tbe Moon at the time

as recommended in the last Sioka. Shou ld she be aspected byplanets from the Sun onwards, the treasure concealed will consist

of(1) golden articles (2) silver (3) copper (4) brass (5) gold (6)bell metal (7) iron (8) tin and (9) lead. When she is aspected by

many planets full of strength, the treasure will be of many sorts

of metals. I f she does nol get the aspect of any of the planets.there will not be any hidden treasure at all.

,,;i( ~ ~ ! i I ' 1 l f ~ ~ i! , ! ~ P l \ ' ~ <'il\v..{lt.i.I l . q ~ 'If;( ~ ' ! ~ f:if\P.i " l . ~ ; t r \ ~ r r ~ ~ \" '!iiI '1P.: d ' ; { ~ { , ~ ~ ; j ; m ~ l t <Ii? l W l ~ !! ' l : . q ' l d \ l l l ~ ; i ' ! ~ l t II YI9 It

Sloka47. Should all the planets aspect this Moon at the

time, the native will get the valuable treasure contained in a

vcry big vessel. Should tbis Moon be in (Leo) Simha, the treas

ure will be concealed in a golden vessel; if in the Bbava belonging to the Stthula Moon (VII-t3 supra) it will be in a silver

vessel; if in the Bbava of Mars, it will be in a copper vessel; if

in that of Mercury, it will be in a vessel made ou t of a precious

stone; if in Jupiter' s house, it wi ll be in lI. stone-vessel; if in the

house of Venus, it will be in an earthen pot; if it is in Saturn's,

it will be in a vessel made of iron.

It a " " \ i i 5 ~ > i \ : r l ! ' l ~ ~ R J { < f t -ro\d " 1 1 ~ ,it-•

Or-s<q q f u < l i l ~ i! i j 1 l ' 1 ~ i " I " ' T R ! l ~ I~ ' l ; I " \ r . « afa: ~ ~ , <it ~ " ' ' ' 1 1 f l

•

.. ~ m { g ; % ' H a : 'liUiI l \ ~ It \/<: It

Sloka-48. Should the Sun and the Moon be together ina star ruled by the Moon at the time (SlAS supra) it will indi-

117

cale Ibe presence of treasure. When two planets are in a NakSbatra

ruled by tbe Sun. the treasure will consist of bones. If lbe SUD

and the Moon be in each other's place, nothing will be found.

Should this Moon associate with malefics, the native will notgel the treasure, if it is associated with benefics, be wiu gel it.The depth of the hidden treasure should be guessed in units of

a hand's length. by the number of degrees passed by the Moonin tbe Naksbatra.

~ « I " t . " ' i t ; l l ' l - m aft! { \ ! ~ t a ~ I i < l r -" "

'lir. @ I ' l { ~ i l g t q f t v t l ! s ~ . ~ i ~ , i " l i " ' ' I i l t I~ r " " g r ~ r i f ~ ~ f . > ; ~ a : mfUr ,"lila: ~ ' l f U r " ' ' ' < 1 l f { . j a ' " ' g t T ~ l I f 1 r ~ ~ " " ~ a1 ~ . q ; f t I. I /,11

"T1lllll!tJ a < ' f , ' I T ' : ; ~ W ! a , : a ~ l f i I ~ . , . q . ~ " H > . . i ~ l ( i U I " ' I > i i " ' ~

Im~ " ' f t $ " ' I ~ l i , , ~ " , , " w ~ l ! f ~ f i i ~ 1 d l ~ f ~ " I ~ ~ 11'\onSloka49·SO. Draw four vertical lines crossed by four hori

zontal lines so as to make 9 squares. Counting from the NakshaIra occupied by the SUD al the moment, assign 3 Nakshatrs for

the centre, the 8 other groups of 3 stars each being reserved for,ast

3 3 3

AIIltinds prosperity Destruction

of prosperity of tbe entire

family

3 3 3Wealtb Loss of Widow-and com the couple hood

3 3 3

Girl gains Deb< Continua

astray and of the

Disease lamily

118

lhe 8 directions beginning from the East. The posilion of the

Moon on the day of tbe marriage will be denoted in anyone of

them. TIle several results of these beginning from tbe central

square are (1) loss of the couple (2) prosperity (3) destructionof the entire family (4) widowbood (5) cQunlinuance of lbefamily (6) large debt and disease (7) the girt concerned going

astray (8) wealth and com and (9) all sorts of prosperity. Thisis how all the groups of Chakra have been described by LordShiva to Sri Nandin . .

•This brings to the endof

the first Kandaof

Unarkalamriia composed by Kali Das.

II i j ' d ( i f i ~ I + l I : 1 l ! . IIII r ~ < I i l ! ~ ' ~ : II

_ .-

KANDA-II

~ ' ' I i f u q i m : ~ a q l ' ' ' l $ l ~ ' ' l l l " : -ilil <I'If"I'IR ~ , , ~ ~ . " : ~ I f 1 l " ' W ' l f l l f f i 1 l . I

•1 1 , " ' ~ ~ \l1;t1{ftai ~ g r Q I f ' ! i r ( ; i r 1T1t1,,"Nilit 1 f ~ ) " " " " ' { f . I ~ ; f T l ! ~ t 1 1 l . II t II

Sioka-l. A person, who has observed Brahma-Charya

flawlessly and has studied the sacred texiS with devotion asrecommended for his vocation, should marry a charming girl,

possessing good physical reatures, appeals to his heart/unmar.

ried, much younger in age, devoid or Sapindta (done nothing so

bad within the group of relations so as to deserve funeral liba

tion), free from diseases, sbould not belong to the same Gatra

.nd Pravara, free from contagious diseases like leprosy, should

be below 10 years of age and is attractive both to tbe eyes andtbe heart.

~ q l ~ I " > i < i 1 mf< Ri!i'll'il ~ ' ~ I f , " ,3 I 1 < ~ 1 l I a ~ ~ ' ' l . t f < i j f f i ~ l I l f q ~ i ! ; j ; I

ij'illoil 'Ii'; fmli:\ .qa ' ; : ' ! f . I f l ~ , ! a \\If<1lI\{f . ' 1 ' ' l ~ : ' 1 i ; ; ; ~ "'1!lRIII<q2il"Ia.

119

II IiSloka-2. Three generations of the father, grand-father

and great-grand-father, are entitled to the funeral offering of

Pinda and three others preceding to them have the privilege tothe Pindalepa (application of ghee, etc., to the Pinda). The

native in succession happens to be the 7th. This is called singleSapindya in a family . Mark the generation at which the family

becomes dirrerenl with respect to the bride and the bride-groom.

This difference uf the family must be counted as far back as the

7tb and the 51h removed from the father and the mother respectively of the two-bride and the bridegroom.

Note: Blood-relations to any of the six generations be

come mutually Sapindas.

~ i ' t l 'II 'If);; ' F a ~ 1 . l ' I " i : \ ~ ' " l l .< ~ I " " I i ' l ~ fit'lOf'.'< q ; ; ~ ~ ' ' ' ' l i j a ' H ~ <'f.Ia. I

~ " , I J ~ " q",irIQf< f . i ~ , q l ~ < : < i 1 f . t i ~ ~ 1 ~ 0 1 l " f . \ ' l R r h ! l " ~ i ! < l ' t ~ ' ! l . a l q i ilIfIl:Sioka-J. With respect to the children of a man or woman,

or that of the bride and bridegroom, the Sapinda relationshipshould be taken into account as far back as the 7th removed

from the father of the native and the 5th removed from the

mother, aod within tbat group, if there is any marital alliance,it should be rejected. Beyond that there should be no objection

to it. WbeD Sapindya breaks at any stage for one party, it does

so for tbe other party too. Observe this rule while makiDg any

marital alliance between two parties.

Note: Kullukabhaua bas observed tbat the mother's fa

ther though connected with Pinda is not Sapinda since his Gatrais different.

120

" f l i ! 1 l 1 q q ~ I ~ I I ~ l I f i 1 ; f t , " " l ' I I ' 1 l ' 1 : " ' f f i ~ < l : q ! f t q " ~ 1 ( " " l f t qf;upi ~ 1 ' l 1 'tm "'\II I

<I1al!f1 ! l ! R R ; ' ' l i ' ' ~ ~ I l ) : 'iii'll" \If<I/fi:~ ' " 'II 'I''Il!'!!'1fqfcr 1 1 I 1 * " ' ~ ) : II 1/ II

Sloka-4. Some people believe that the (our1h from the

mother- forbidding three ge nerations only-should be acceptable

for marriage, i.e., from the fourth onwards; there should be noobjection, but those girls should be avoided wbo stand in the

relationship of sisters, mothers and daughters. There are otherswho maintain that marilal alliance may be entered into be

tween the six generation in one line and the fifth in the other.

and between tbe 5th generations, provided the girl does notcome under the relationship of a sister to the boy. In Orissa andTamil stales, marriage between parties of the 3rd generation is

allowed, but this does not hold good for all places. Should the

bride happen to belong to the sixch or eighth generation in theline of the bride-groom the prohibition disappears absolutely.

' f i ~ ~ f i l ! l Q " ' a i f . r q f < l ' " ~ l r l · i N t . 1 5 1 , ,(!11iSf"I'!: ~ < 1 q a i t l l > l g l " ~ i j ! : .• " i f t ' f i ~ 1 i I . I

Q ' . " I ~ f a . · ~ ~ . j l f t l Il1rq."'I ' I l ~ ' l i ' ~ ' l i i f ' l " ~ ) ~ ~ 1 1 1 1 \l1"lIl!l1" I 1 I t r f t R ' I f ~ ' l i : " '\ "

Sloka·S. Always start counting from the common forefathers of the parties and the Sapindya-rule should not be ignored. Similarly, avoid the violation of the standards of the

particular families and countries. Also investigate thoroughlythe relationship with the other family. 'The word Sapinda meansone who has equal relationship with the Pinda or body of thecommon fore-father. The body is composed of six sheaths. bones,

muscles and marrow obtained [rom the father and skin. fleshand blood from the mother. I f in any particular case this common relationship is not very much binding upon the two parties

or the question of inheritance of property does not arise, themarriage may be allowed.

1 ! ; " , ~ i ! < . l ! q l T . q r n : %!''W '1(11

" , ~ l O : ~ « i I ~ t l 5 q q i t ~ " m q t J 1 S ' l ' " I' 1 1 ~ 1 h '" « i \ ~ t l ' l : l l " i t ''Il''I1!¥l ' ! ~ ' t

~ " I < r t 'II !l;I(Qr,N{'l f ' l { l ' l T ~ l ' ! < i 1 'II "'II''!.

121

II

Sloka·l); When a woman separates from ber husband and

decides to live with somebody else, the husband may marry herown sister, if be desires progeny. This may be agreed as an

exception to the rule that the daughters should not be marriedto the same family or sons of the same parents. But in the caseof twin sisters, if they marry twin brothers it will be in the

regular order.

«'<IIi: " f ~ f i I ~ l t ~ ' 1 ' 1 " ' I I I < l l l ' ! i ; " q m " ~ l

.l\ ;itI j " f a " , ' f ~ l

I" ~ H " l a « o o ~ ,,"'I' ~ ' 1 1I;!.<if;j'll1~ ' l ; f f i f < l ! i ! ' I l ' l l l : - . ( " ) ~ ~ at at "ms<grl<\. II " II

Sloka-7. When a man is blessed with children through

his second wife, then the son of the first wife has Sapindya re

lationship with her for three generations to come. Suppose,

that woman is issueless, the daughter of their paternal unclewill not at all sland in the relationship of a mother to the son

referred to above, i,e ., be can marry her, though apparently she

is a mother to him, being, the cousin of his step-mother. The

step-mother's sister's daughters too will not be a sister to him.

Therefore, he may have marital alliance with her.

'" lIIi! 't fiii'\'J ~ " l ' q a ' l l ~ " ~ 3 1 ! ' ' 1 1 ' 1 1 l ' l l • • •

rrr ' t ; q H r ~ ~ ~ ~ , a : : I ; : q ; t i ~ I

ft"l 'Il j j m;'1i " ' ' 1 1 l ! ' 1 ~ tr'll ' 1 " ' ' l *trOll al Qfi:uf1'l Ot'l ""fa ' ~ I " > i ' l I > n ~ ' 1 : " <: "Sioka-S. When they marry girls who happen to be their

sisters owning 10 their father and mother belonging to the 7thand 5th ge nerations respect ively, they are reduced to the posi-

122

lion of Sudnas in this very life. Even if they are not fallen, theyreduce their parents and other relations to a lower status. SinceODC

does not fall down even by marrying a forbidden girl onaccount of their baving no contamination.

mfqiJi;q,,,,, f . \ t , q ~ , \ \ ( " q ~ ~ f i \ ; ' ' ' ' ~ 1 ;i)"Cl' ~ ~ , ~ ( q ) " , , < i \ ~ s f . \ f q ~ : t f . I ~ : ,

~ t l ..... ,r;l " r " " ' < T l l I ~ t l ' I « I ' i l l \ ~ ' 1 ( ~ " , i I I ~ qliT r ~ ! I ( "'iWl ~ l ; t ! l q , + q ~ II IISloka·9. After the departure of the Sapindya relation·

ship, a man can marry a girl who may happen to be a relation

of a mother's sisler, or with a girl who may be the daughter intbe same manner. There is no hesitation on tbese grounds in thestates soutb of tbe Narmada. Even when the Sapindya is concealed, marriage is allowed in those states between familiesbelonging to generations within five and three with respect tofather and mother respectively.

\ f 1 1 1 f . ; 1 : l f u f 1 : ~ r " , , ~ < : : ~ ' ' ' ~ l i ' < ! I "'!IlIqli\fil.. q,!q a:;fiq<i\ lAi\lM,l.I"" ,

Ifllfoit, Itt, "''!'le.'Il "If1li;r.qdj\I"I-

q ~ : q ~ f 1 t ~ " " T Q " ' ! 1 : r r . , fq<["lfl;!'lfl{. i: "

Sloka-IO.1t is against all sacred mandates or Dharma to

have marilal aUiance among the twice-born within five genera4Hons [rom the father as well as from the mother, or within fivegenerdtions with respecct to mother, and seven, to father. Shouldit be within three generdlions, the native will be guilty of com4

milling the murder of a Brahmin. Maternal unclc's daughtershould be accepted as one of own Gotta (family) with respectto debt, buying, woman's asseembly or reeding. Marital alliance with her or with the daughters of one's own fathcr's .sister

is forbidden.

123

. . n ' ~ ' I ~ ~ : ~ ; r . r . f t \ l ~ ' 5 j ) " ' I ! I I ~ I : ...fa O1HIlT Mdq: ""ml!lqj'l l: "" " lit t II

.Sloka-l1.Should a native marry his own maternal uncle'sdaughter or one belonging to the Gotra or Pravara of the mother,

or his own niece or the daughter of his father's sister and sow

of his seed. be should better give her up and perform the expia·

tory rite caUed Chandrayana. In tbe South marriage with daugh

ters of maternal uncles is popular. This is taking place mostly

amongst the young ladies who eat fISh and are addicted to manyparamours and those who drink.

Note: Vyasa has advised lhe husbands to give up those

women :

(1) Who hive illicit relations with a disciple;

(2) With the preceptor;

(3) Who bate lhoi, husbands; and(4) Who is guilty of committing incest-with a low bred

bastard.

!FRft 'lTir.!!!:,nmt t'€<Ii: qfij:

'I R ~ ' dill ~ , n r < r i ' ' ' 1 ~ IW R l ' 2 d 4 f t . 1 ) . q l l f " " ' ~ . n

;U tittIll-,n 'I f . I N ~ ;U ' " " ' ' ' ~ II t , II

Sloku-12 .A young woman who ha s become pure by bath

II I the end of her monthly course may be fed, al a Sra ddha, bul

one who has married his ma lcmal uncle 's daughter or a Brah

min who h.1S married a Sudra woman ought nol· 10 be wor

shipped and fed . So too, Ihere is a Vedic prohibition agaillst

feeding a woman who happcnd 10 be a vagabond. lbose who

are worshipped must say that they are satisfied (Tripta Huai).

We can not say that we have no faith in Truth, Fire and tbe Sun.

This is an example and nol an autbority or pllblic opinion. But

in south India there is no such rule or tradition.

l I 1 f q ~ i i i ! ~ f u l " ' l . ~ q f l ! , ! 1 1 " " " 1 ~ 1 ~ ~ 1 ~ f , ( , ~ ; ; ! r ' 1 ' l ! " I ~ f . l a l "iisfq mau I

124

•! I ~ i IITa{ 1 1 ; ~ 6IMf.i<!t a ~ 6 n '!Iijl'll<::"'" ~ f ~ ~ !Ill ~ ~ I ! T 1 < i ! ' i ~ "'Wl"i6:

" n "Sloka·13.1be Sapindya relationship percolates for 3 gen

erations only (in this part of the country) in the case of a girl

who is born of a woman belonging to the same caste as berhusband. But all those who are born of the same fatber but of

mothers of diffemet castes, become brothers mutually, and allthe wives of the father -are mothers to all the children. Simi

larly, the brothers of those women are maternal uncles. For aman given in adoption within the family cirlce itself, there is

Sapindya, (or seven generations, but this period is reduced with

respect to Kshatriyas.

~ ) [ I V l ~ f i l ~ q f " ' ! I ( : ; r r II,Q'''''!l<RIIT

.<S'.ft ."! I ( ~ I ! I

'llluft ro f i l~ " ' ! I l , :

Il;ll'!l''lTlf<l'lq'll ~ a i j a l ; i \ ~ l ~ " " l f l q-,qi!l, f . f ; H ~ < ~ ' l ' I'!'iloi ' ! l i ! ~ ~ 11 Z I 11

Sloka-14. No man should marry (1) the sisler o£ his aunt{Catber's brother's wife) (2) the sister of his mother 's co-wife,the daughter of (1) and (2), (3)tbe sister of his brother's wife

(4) one who stands in the relationship of a mother (5) his teacher'sdaugher (6) his son's daughter (ie. the daughter of one who

stands in the relationship of a son). The difference of Pravara

(Vedic preceptorship hapded down from ancient times) should

be taken into account only with respect to the father and not of

the mother.

am<:1 f l I l ! l ! I i r ; r l ' l l ' l i " ! ! ~ 'I R , ~ ~ ~ " q i I T'lil:!'(;;)<:: f ? ; ~ ' ' 1 ! ~ f u ~ 1 ,",'!,at ' l i l ~ I

'Il"q f';Q3oi g ~ { r " ' ! , i iiI " l H ' l i { [ ~ ' " .

ijlF.\llllmoi " ~ ' l ~ P I ~ ~ r ' i j ; ' l ' i ~ I ~ l : " Z.. "

Sloka·1S.After the marriage of his daughter no father

should dine in her house believing in the opportunity to meetfriends. and relatives. Similarly, he , should not displease his

125

son·in law, taking him to be the lord Narayana himself. 'No mansbould worsbip under one roof two emblems of Lord Siva. two

Chakras of Lord Vishnu, two Sun-Gods. two Saligramas andthree Sakti weapons of Lord Subrahmanya, as they are neitherbeneficial nor conducive to prosperity.

i j T r e l l T l l 9 ~ ;p.j ;; f.l!lij ~ ' * f ~ ; ; T 'l,;;qij

' T ~ f i ; ' 1 ' l ~ I.'l"l'ii9!lij fglj ; ; : ~ ' i I ~ IW T I " ' 1 I Q i j I i T ' ' I ' l ( o i : ' l ~ g ' ' ' l ~ ~ ~ ' ' a T a . , i f t ~ ' l i G q O f I ; ; ' l ~ omq"'!l.it'li'l: Ii I II

Sloku-16. Whe never the re Are two s..1 li grama emblems of

the Lord onl y o ne should be worshipped amI no l bolh . Even if

it is damaged. il should be worshipped so 10 llg as its Ring is nol

-" IMlilcd; the emblem o f Lord Shiva in s imilar circumstances

should be re-(:slablishcd and its sanctity s hould be restoredbefore worship. The laller emblem must have unifonn height .

hs lOp should remain open. TIle circumference of the standshould be thrice the height of the Emblem. While the dimen

s ions of the water-course should be five limes the height.

'I: : r i i f < q ~ ' " ~ 1 i t ~ ~ ~ 6 $T¢ ij 'llGT"{

. , i!q: f'l1l:(1 fiI{l ' l f ~ f t a q < 1 l 1 r " ' ~ I Q T f a : $ ' l . I

qoft;l;: ij{ a<l'l'f<il'lRiJ ' l ~ 1 " ' I T ' l T I ! ~ 11'" ~ ' f . l f ' l " l I i ' t S ( r a >rt q,"l"l'IT ~ l ! I f i l . II!ISII

Sloka-17. He, who perfonns his father 's Sraddha on an

auspicious day, should also do it for his maternal grandfather

also. Otherwise, i.e., by leaving him, he would be committingthe sin of patricide. The annual ceremony that is ordained,

should be observed for the wives of .the respective fore-fathersalso separately. In the three kinds of Sraddhas, viz., Vridhi,

Gaya and Ashtaka, it is tbe religious dUly of the man concernedto do the ceremony as well as the olher religious func1ions relating to Gods. When the rile is perfonned at home, the native's

wife should hand over the Pinda to him.Note: Sraddha is the devout offering of food or food

126

material for the sake of Manes. II is ma inly o f two kinds : (1)

PaIVana and (2) Ekoddishta. The funeral ceremony of the Ca

ther, grandfather and the great-grand-father is called Parvanawhile the one done for the one above is called Ekoddishta. This

again is o f three types : (1) Nitya or daily (2) Naimittika o r

casual and (3) Kamya or optional. This is further divided in 10

5 varieties as (a) Aharahah (daily) (b) Parvana (e) Vriddhi

Sraddba (d) Ekoddishta and (e) Sapindeekarana. The Vriddhi

Sraddha is performed where the re is the birth of a son at borne.

The best lime of a Sraddha is given by Yagya-Valakya.

; ( , , , . m ' l , , ~ < c t f . m ~ l : 6 " \ f . l q ~ ~ " I -•l I { ~ ~ " i t !! 'WIia ~ a r i j ;;lIg «g<4a I

f .. q f t ~ ; f t q l ( " ll:ti itq,;s

1 ' i " ' ' ' ' r i ! ' l \ J l ~ i t R'la{q"\: ~ ' l , q l ' l q r t : iii! 11\':11

Slokll-18. Seniori ty of the twins is determined by the onler

of the falling o f the seed into the womb, but it is determined

othclWise. The child whose face the fa the r beholds first is ca lled

the e lder.

Avoid Tri-Jyeshtha, that is the marriage o[ the Jycshta,

eldest son or daughter should not be performed in the month of

Jyeshla, if they arc born in the Nakshatra Jyeshta. This remark

holds good for Upanaya nam also. Similarly two Jyeshtas also,

Le., marriage or any auspicious rite for tbe: lyeshta, eldest SO li

in the montb of lycshta are to be shunned.

When an auspicious ceremony is performed in the family,

allow two months to eplapse before another is observed [or a

brother or sister. As regards olbers, lhe function m3 Y be observed afier purification by a bath w here there is pollution.

~ ~ ~ 1 (If) ~ ~ i ! ; ~ l m f . l . m t " ' : ; " ~ . ; ( : ; j i l ; f t ~ " , ~ ~ ~ s f q o ~ . j l I:J\I: ! i i ' l H ~ ~ I ( : I~ , I ( l f q ~ " \ i l . t . M ~ . i ' < I 3 l ~ ; :

;ol(ll1.3l!1 I I ~ I J a. ; : : , , ~ f . \ a ( ~ . i l t l \ ~ : { l q' II ~ Q , II

127

Sloka·19.Sons are of 12 kinds, viz., (1) one's own (womb)

son (2) daughter's son (3) one born of one's wife by another (4)

one born o f an unmarried girl (5) o ne born of a 'woman that is

remarried (6) adopted son (7) bought from the parents (8) one

who is made a son on account of his good qualities (9) anorphan or an abandoned child who gives himself away to another

as a son (10) the son of a woman who is pregnant at the time of

marriage (11) one born secretly of a man's wife by another

who can not be determined exactly and (12) one who is aban

doned by the parent or parents and brought up by another. or

these 12 kinds of sons only two varieties i.e., (1) and (6) areapproved and the remaining are 10 be shunned in Kaliage.

Nole: Manu has spoken of 12 kinds of sons in IX _

15ij-160. viz., Aurasa, Kshelraja, Dalta , Krilrima, Gudhotpanna,

Apaviddha, Kanccn3 , Sahodha, Kreeta, Paunarbhava,

Swayallldana and Saudra. The definition of kshetraja, son is:-

<!'I,al:'! ~ ~ 1 ' 1 1 : ' ! OIllf'«ll:'! 'IT I ~ " l i " , flI5'I',

\I ~ ~ a 8 "1 " 1 ~ I l ~ ~ f i " ' i ' l ~ ~ i j G ! < l i l iW{--

<i\ II,,, f f f i ~ ! l " " " ~ ~ f i i ' l M l ~ r I!i"ll " ~ I l \ r ~ ~ ' m I l r N ; ! I m ~ r r r ~ 1

Ii,"",! f [ a ~ ' < I f i j '<ro'lfil " " i I ! & < i I I i l ~ < I : " "Slokll-20. The man who wants to. have a SOli by adoption

shoulll lirst o ffer a pair of ear-rings, clo! hes alld such other

gins to the ooy; alld accept with joy as a blessing from God,

when he is given away by his parents through a sacrifice. Heshould pour cooked-rice on the sacrificial fire and chant the

mystic syllables and the Vedic Hymns beginning with Pratrabhaga

as well as Ihe one commancing with Ya slvahride after the precepts

of his Grihya Sutras and thereafter entertain with sumptuous

food a couple of Brahmins.

m ! f r ~ ( \ { " " ~ ~ t \ " ' F ) lII . " ~ " " " ' " " . ~ I RIRI or <ni!!!f'rn o r r ; : : r i ! " ~ l ! i " 1 < I : I

t t ; j ) s f i l l R ~ ~ q ~ ' I l ' l ~ I f ~ ; j ) ' f l T ~ < ! " ' l ' t . ~ ~ q ' l I ~ l \ s f i \ ~ f t i ' 'I ~ ~ I ! T '" 11'< II

Sloka·2:1.A boy who deserves to be adopted should bethe son of a brother or the like. He must be soft spoken and

sincere in words and deeds and nol one who may come out to

be troublesome, nor should he be older QT senior in rank. A

widow is not permitted to give or lake one in adoption. Though

the boy may be inferior in the mailer of Pravara (The Vedic

lineage), the sacrifice must be observed according to such cus·

toms of the man who adopts him and with Mantras commencing with Sodhi. This adoption oC a boy is permitted before the

tonsure ceremony and not after be has been invested with the

sacred thread. Similarly. adoption of a slave or that of a Sudrashould be shunned.

; l I ~ i l ~ ' I 1 ~ ' \ l I!<!lQI'1T " l ~ ' OR".

.-:: ~ , : =i F , ~ ' f . t ? ~ l { ; . t ',11T!}{: \

' I ; ~ ' ! m'iR'.1r : i j f t i f . ' I T ' ! .• • •• i j 1 'l"'::1!T ' I i ~ ~ { ~ ' ~ I : ; ; : ' ! " l ~ ' I . 11<< 1

Sloka-22 . Ir Brahmins receive wealth [rom Sudra women,

promising them to serve like slaves, they indeed beoome Sudras

and gct the fruit prescribed for them. So has opined the SageParasara. He says a Sudra who causes a sacrifice to be per

fonned in the house of a Brahmin will reap its full benefits. A

man who is given away in adoption himself should perfonn the

Sraddha of his father (who begot him) when tbe person sup

posed to do it is absent.

<::ffi<!i!S': "","i'lfttt m« R Q r . , - i l ~ 'IIi j l i G ~ 'Ii?\B'I,.qlf<! ~ S " l " ' I J 1 ~ l : w 1 : I

~ ~ " ! , " , f i i ~ : "lRiIl'!' " " , q ~ ~ ' ~ i ! ' .lillT'f\ " \lfil""!IT 'I l'IiIi 'II"' ' ' ' IPn I

Sloka-23. Those sons who arc taken in adoption and those

who are bought indeed get the Calm of the family they join,

129

even if they come [rom a different GOlra, but remain bereft of

Sapindya relationship. So says the Sage Vasishtha. When anadopted son originally belonged to a different Vedic Sakha

(branch) was invested with the sacred thread according to theSakha of the father adopting him, he certainly gets the Sakha,

ctc., of his 2nd father. He has got the right for a share in his

father's property. This inheritance will not then depend upon

the Sapindya relationship. As regards tbe pollution (Shauch

and Soolaka) also, be gets it just like his adoptive (2nd) father

and not olbclWise.

'II" f < ~ ~ ! l a <'<!'I<.<!TG f q i ! ~ ' W ! ; i ' ' l ! l : r ~R q u ~ S I l l R ; : : q 1 i 1 ' I ' l ; : : 3 ' 1 " 1 1 ~ 1 "'Ii '" " .I I

; r " I ! ! ' ~ I ' ! . " " " '1<:;'1 l ! : ~ 1 ~ ; I I N " T ;fr"ij; j t s f q f.I;;ir,ij" ' 1 t ~ i ' r f . \ ~ , " ; { '11 ~ f f i I I , II

Sloku·24. A SOli given away in adoption will cease 10 haveany right over his falher's wealth, Gotra and funeral libations

and he gets them pertaining to his adoptive father. After adop

lion by another; a man cannot give funeral libations to hi s fatherthai has begotten him.

With regard to sacrifce and funeral offerings, the rule is

th::lt the adopted person will follow the system of his new rela

tive (father). When a person foresees the extinction of his family,

he gives his daughter in marriage with the idea of adopting her

son as his own, the grand son born of that wedlock will be like

that of his own born, and the relationship is confirmed, pro

vided there is no desire for double parentage, i.e., maintaing

relationship with both the families.

i ! i t ~ 1 ~ ~ G i l ~ f \ ~ ~ ) i ; ~ ' ' I 1 ' ! I 1 " ' ! l t ~ . n S ' l f l l q ~ ~ ~ " ~ < I aflq;nf .. J;(1<!;fll: I

"11% 1 j ; 1 { f q a " ' ! ' ! f l l ' l f t ~ ' 'llll'!I'I) ' ! f ~ " ' · i n ~ I f l ! q ' l I ~ < i i f q f t < R l r ' l ( < . < ! " , ~ ' \ i , , ! ~ ~ I I , ~ II

Sioka-ZS. Those who want to gel married may marry tbe

younger sister of their sisler's husband or thai of their elder

130

brother's wife. A widower who is not keeping the marital fire

or whose wife is living Car away, should get his falher's anni

versary (Sraddha) perfonned by his brothers who are maintain

ing that fire and their wives living with them. It should not beobserved by others (the co-partners and the like).

The Anniversary ceremony should not be observed along

with tbe daily sacrificial fire, as after kindling it and keeping

it with oblations, it must be disposed of (rejected).•

qlll1i "IIfqN4 ~ 1 ' ~ 6 1 1 o i Q l { ! ! I ~ 1 ~ ' 1 t , I " ' ~ ~ I q ~ : !!Ita! " i!ll' 1

l ! ; i T ' i . ' { a g ( l ~ ~ \ ' I ~ i t " !llIm:1

I ! l l a l ~ f i I 'l!lIIa ~ i l . . . t R l i . ~ II f, II

Sloka-26. Getting the Homa or sacrifice performed by the

Brahmins who are fed is not proper. Doing so is on1y an inconsidera te act of tbe followers of the Rig-Veda school says Bhrigu,

the sage. Brother of tbe wife and husband of sister (provided

, their wives are alive), the sister. brother, daughter and son·

when these six perfonn the Sraddha of the man concemed it

ceases to be a real one (Sraddba).

i'r;!'I"Jq{'I f l ~ ~ a " ~ ' f i ' ~ ~ ' ! . f a q ~ 1

1 i l . ~ l r q a q , q ; n U q ~ ; f t ~ ~ ! ! I ' 1 ' ~ 61i1

6"'11" "I f.li!flRi f ( " ~ ' 1 1 r . q i f a ' i f ; j ~ 1 I I ~ " ' " Sloka-27. To get a religious mendicant, a yogin or a phi

losopher for Sraddha feeding is almost impossible. So sincerely

try to satisfy such people completely. A Brahmin should not

accept tbe food offered. to him at a Sraddha by a Sudra. Simi·

larty a Brahmin sbould not give the consecrated food. at a Sraddha

to a Sudra indicrimiDitely. This is against the principle of dis

tribution.

Manu is very clear on this subject in III 2A3-9.

'" • .. ... t' -::.~ I ! I '!i;l U , \ ~ ' I ! U I I " ' ~ @ ' { m ~ " I ; i ' \ { r i : ? l l l l ~ i ' \ " l i < l l ! ' { ~ ' ' ' i ;j ~ q r f t n I

l { ~ i \ s " ! ~ ; f t ' ! ~ 4 ' f a i i l ~ . q « I 3 q ; r , " ~ -

131

. ' ~ ; : : ) ; j f[ilii1l.j'fij(!1f.<>51 'II"!;[ qrmlRT<l. II, II

Sloko-21l. lbe benevolent merit that a man may experi

ence from donaling a bouse in charity is possible only when it

is given to a Brahmin along with some land. Even the Serpent

king, Adiscsha canllot spell the good effects of the gift made toa Brahmin with wife and children. When a Brahmin indulges in

activities prescribed for people of other classes he stoops down

beyond panlon and will not get happiness in his life to come.

Similarl y, a Sudra will not earn higher status or position in the

society by indulging in Brahmanic deeds. But according to Sage

Parasara it is otberwise.

, , " . u q R i l @ M I Q { ~ i \ " . . t!6i>ff if'l:~ l q ~ r . . n ~ l ' l i ' \ ( ~ ' I 1 < i \ ) . a l f l l ~ "I ""oqJfill

' I I t < i q l ' ' ' ' I _ ' I I ~ ! ! ' ! ' l f l I ~ ' l t ; ! q I_I. it~ I U I r i l ! a ~ ( f i l iafilf<i(ISfil a l " ' l ~ o € I II ~ ' " II

Sloka-Z9. Those desirous of children should not bathe in

tbe sea on Saturdays, lUesdays and Fridays, as also in Rahu

Kala or in a Lagna aspected by Rahu and during a Parvan, e.g.,

Full Moon, New Moon and Sankranti, etc., that is vitiated or

probibited. if such a vitiated lunar day has to be adopted, ac

cording 10 some authorities for sea beth, it should be done afteran oil bath. sexual union, after a death, hair cuUing and after apollution.

The vitiated Iunar-days are 4th, 6th, 8th and 14th.

~ m i j q i ' j f d f q ~ i J { 1 I ( m ; u ~ ) 'lVlt

f l I i t ~ l $ . l l ! f - < l ~ s f q R : ~ ' ! I ~ S l ! ~ ~ f'iN: I;it f i t l l ~ l s f q 6 l t ~ f i i N i r U T f ; i ~ ' l T ~

132

Sloka-30. For the purpose of charitable distribution, holy

baths, elc., the lunar day should be taken as the one that is prevailing at the time of Sun-rise . For a Bhikshu (religious mendi

cant) it is recommended that be should take his food in the last

l/81h portion of the day (i.e., within 3 hours of Sun-set) and

should not consume anything in the nighl. This also applies to

a widow also-no food at night. She should not even drink water

on the Parva Days. She may eat fruits, but not the cooked food

at night.

;:;;r) f.l<1f aal"1'f.l<if ~ H l < 1 l ' l ! m oPl-

f < q . ~ ~ q f > 1 ' 1 i < 1 f ' I i < 1 f f l l ~ ~ 1 ! I l ~ ~ ; f i u " 1 \' 1 1 ~ ~ ~ ' ' I ~ l R I ~ f l I " ' l { 'fol<1fl'l.n

' I 1 l ' ~ " , , ' I W ~ I { ~ " " ' ! ! : 'folilfu

~ r · 1 I l i : r r ' l : II

HII

Sloka-31. There are two kinds of so ns taken in adoption :forever and temporarily. The daughter's son will have doubleparentage and should offer funeral libations and food in all

pious ceremonies to both the families. So has the Sage VaStsla.

opined. But Katyayana does not consider it proper on the part

of the person concerned to do the Sraddha for both the families.

Vyasa has, however, expressed no objection, should the grandson perform the Sraddha of his maternal grand-father also.

~ I { '1;jq ' l ~ ( r o n ~ , " r ~ ' 4 I ~ ij-t;"IQ\ a r . I ~ 1 l I ft'lfll;ft ~ l d . f i ! ~ 1 IiI'IIl. I

'1'i!"'''' I i I f q ~ ; i '" mror '!lI",iill-11m m ~ i i i ~ 1 !! . n l R i ' l , , ) ~ ( j flo'llt ~ l ! l -~ ~ < I i I ; f i l ! l ! 1 " ' a r . I ~ 'Ildl'lttdfill!l \ I ~ ,II

Sloka-3Z. In the same way Rishi Harita and the sage He

madri say that a man should perform the Sraddha for his own

father as well as for his adoptive father . He should join in the

Pindas offered to both the fathers. He will also have a share in

133

the properties of both the falhers . In the matter of Sraddha he

must adopt the Golra o f his adoptive father, while at the lime of

his marriage, he should adopt the Gotras of both the families .Marriage within the mother's ramily is not very much desir·able, as his own mother and his maternal grand-mother are atpar with each, i.e., it is the same thing.

'IF{tiliJ\fil! f.lf<\ " ¥ ~ i T r l l t e " l ~ ' " " I T ~ r . t f q ~ > f u t " , q " q ~ 1!1<t ~ M ~ I

; ; . ~ ~ ~ . n " ~ , , It q[,(,ql<>t ' ( i I i . q 1 ~ ~ ml qf;:: m "llIT" ~ l q !Ii!: IInll

Sloka-33. Even if the Nandi Function (initial propitiatory

rite performed at the beginning of every auspicious ceremonyto please tbe Manes) is performed, the Upanayaoa (the Sa cred

Thread and Sacred Lore ceremonies) ought not to be initialed,wben there is a fall of Mc.1eors, showers of fire or when the

mother is in her menses. But when these things take place afler

the primary ceremonial meal of the Brahmachari, the Upanay

ana should not be postponed. The same rule should be observed

at the time of one's daughter's marriage, i.e., the father alone,

without the mother should not at all give the daughter in mar

riage. Should the mother be dead, the father should do theUpanayana, provided he, the father, has no other disqualifica

tion in him such as of pollution.

' n ~ T ~ T i l i r " t i l >ViI"".i)~ q T i l l l ' i "''''filf'l'll lIil'Ir: ~ ~ " ' ' ' I ' l T ~ I

'1.(lIiR;Q'll'l'llfIl1:IIqI ;ii*'1lfl"I·QI"i1;~ i j i j ~ ~ ~ ~ t t : q l " ~ " 1 ~ f l I 1 I ~ \ I l r S loka-34 . After the Nandi ce rmony at an ope rative

Mahurata, the Brahmachari should take his food only with his

mother and not alone. Similarly, the bridegroom should always

lake his food with the bride after the marriage. The bride-groom

should gel hi s hai r cut and set in the manner which is popularin the fa mily. The sacred fire Kindled at Upanayana is inferio r

134

to the Grihya fire. I f the ordinary fire is combined with the

sacred fire, the wise should then worship it with the Mantra

beginning with tbe word 'Pahi' (Protect) and it sbould not be

adorned by other than tbe relatioos.

II!tm ~ q ' E \ l i ~ s f T . R ~ ~ ; i " l < t 41 . n ~ l I .,.1A1.,) 'l!tql<ti 'llftfid\iitl q" .. i t l ~ ~ 1 I

'!VI"'"'" Am ~ ~ i t l ( " I " ' -' " ; f t ~ " " ••"tdl: 1 i ~ ...1i

Sloka-35. When the ordinary fire is followed by the Smarta,

bouse-bold fire (Cribya), sprinkle its asbes with tbe chanting

of the Mantra. Sanno Devi. and then offer oblations to the Fire

with the word, Pahi, etc. When the Grihya fire and the ordinary

fire are mixed together before the commencement of the WOf

ship of tbe marital fire and the Homa, the worship is to beoffered to it considering tlJ:e impor1anctl attached to the fires.

'111N1lI f i I ~ " ' I ' ! ~ . m r \ . l l ~ I " "I.;;q ql '!WI"tW firf.l<A;<tNIQa ~ ' 1 a I

i t l ~ o , a r l l \ ' i l { ' R \ I " ~ ' l 1 f ~ ~ I ! < i i : 1 l 1 ' l ~ ! f i t ~ Q " I ! f l I " o i ,'Ii . 'II ~ ~ i I . Ii Ii

Sloka-36. When the fires gel mingled afler the commence

ment of the aforesaid Homa, separate il inlo two parts; and with

one, complete The 'Sthalipak' after offering the final obla

tions. The wise say that the ghec should not be lXlurcd with

spoon (Sruva) when lhe sacrificial t w i ~ tied 10 the spoon gel

destroyed, it should be kept down and the fire should not be fed

by Ahutlies with that spoon. Should the spoon be forgotten,

oblations must be offered to the divine Soma.

a«TCt ' I f ~ i! '1(: Il1I 'lIq:

\,il¢I'l<WlI\iQ K um " " m ~ {01: Ia ~ " ' l l f t ' ! < l "

'" !Im-.r.nl i<iqCNlfii;\l

' R a ! ' l ~ ~ 't:m l ! ~ q ~ 0 < ' l f f I : ' ! T a ~ " ~ " \ I

135

Sloka·37. When a native has lost his wife, he may marry-&lin. but that should be done in the odd years since his wife's

dealh. It wiD prove beneficial; otherwise, remarriage in evenyears will not be auspicious. When a girl anains poverty before

ber marriage, her father and brothers, all will become great sinners. 'The husband, to be free from sin should not have unionwitb the wife before she anams maturity.

'I'llfl;qR\<r.l ~ Q f t a l !lilll ''i.''Ii q6:

"''Ii, ~ ! ! 1 f t R \ ' 1 ' '111,61 " ' I I I > l ~ , Q I f u f ~ : I

Q I ! i I ' ' ' 1 : f I i r ~ l i l l , f i lI<It6i "'\{III'l<I1511i<'{1"'11 'l'ifl(olli1'lilllijftm m r ~ " ' i t ; f f i r ~ I 11 c: 11

Sloka·38.1be first lunar Tithi of the .Year (Chailra SukJaPratipada) should not have Vedha with the previous Tithi

(Amavasya), i.e., it should not be vitiated by or rise into theAmavasya. When it happens, it should be rejected. 1be birth

of Sri Rama took place at midday on the 9th lunar day and this

day is considered as most ominous and bestower of liberation.The Navami which is afflicted (Vedhasahita) by the last por

tion of the Ashtami should be shunned by those who observe

the vow and keep fast on this day (It happens on certain days

that two Tithis rise in the 24 bours of the day) and worship SriRama. Should it fall when the Nakshatra Punarvasu is rising, it

will prove very good for his worship.

liI6If«!10111l'IIRW ~ ~ r l i l " 1 6 ar61'l1 " R \ N ~ ' l ~ f . \ ~ r lI>qllillr 'IOCIdl'!; I

" I I " ' I ~ ' " ;n ~ ~ ~ R ! I 'lI'I;<fi 'lJ'IIQlli .'lIfqf.\;ft if<!fllllill!l '11'11111"" ~ " I q \ l1

Sloka-39. The auspicious day known as 'rretadi or begin

ning of the Treta Yuga, or when the birth of PariLsurama is cele

brated is the 3rd lunar day in tbe month of Vaisakha (April

May)-Aksbaya Tritiya. On tbis day the Tritiya Tithi mtist bb at

mid-day and should not be crossed by tbe 2nd lunar day. ~ o r the purpose of Sraddha, etc., the same Tithi should necesss'rily

136

run into the afternoon also. The best of the observances or thecelebrations of festivities in memorium of Narasimbav&lara

should be done on a Tithi that extends up' to the evening, shouldit coincide with the Swati Naksbatra it will not be ominous.

" l l ~ f " ' ~ It .i , , \ S \ ~ q t d ijil:~ ' f . < ! I ! { U t ' lI11l f ' l ' l l l \ ~ ' ~ 'lit>i r ~ i J : I

" " ' ~ ~ q ' i l ~ ~ : " ' ~ ' ~ l ! i J ( < t ~ 5 q " " , 1 i I ~ " ~ ~ r ,,' i jt!lft . ~ q a I 0"

Sloku-40.ln the Grihya Sulras it is recommended that the

Upakarama (Sacred Thread and Vedic Studies) for a new Brah

machari should be celebrated in the Sravana month (August);

but Brahmins should not perform it when there is a Sankranti

(The Sun lransitting from one sign to another) or an eclipse of

Jupiter or Venus. Followers of Yajurveda observe it only onthe Purnamasi day; While the followers of Rigveda perform

this vow on a day in Sravana Naksbatra ; but those believing in

Sarna Veda do it even on a day when the Hasla Nakshatra is

there. Now I am going to speak about the Sacred Ashtami, the

8th lunar day, when the birth of lord Sri Krishna is celebrated.

" ' i 4 0 q i l f " l f t ~ l f t lfIT.a: Ii"'i\,< !It '''''41{{If{''I1 Q'i\lTsflI"''''',t ~ \ ' < ,(q , i'''1 ' I I

•~ t l f i i f . \ m ' l l T t '1R r e f i n i i V l ' ! q ~ . t 1 I -<l!;qt 'Il! ' l i i { ~ ~ ~ 1 : t < ~ " 1 fqt 1,l1ft II \ II

Sloka·41. The 8th lunar day in the dark half of the Sra

vana month is the birth day of Lord Sri Krishna. when it coin

cides with the Rohini Nakshatra on a Wednesday, it proves to

be most auspicious and fruitful. The day should fulfil the condition,

viz., the Tithi should extend to the midnight and that it should

not be vitiated by the preceding Tithi (Saplami).

'It qllffo!aq,,,,qtq'l; ~ i ! l i a ! l l ~ m ~ u t i

1iR\ " f \ i ~ ~ t ; i j ~ f a !It " " ~ I t " l l !tift I

137

q i ~ '11m Ria: 1li111{f<lf'l i !IT Q.'I1111i!.n ' i ~ I

III~ 1 ~ 1 \ 4 a f i l i

'R!lal~ I " , " " " ' ~

l! IIVqllSloka-4Z. Wben the aforesaid Tithi-Ashtami runs beyond

three Yamas (one Yarna = 3 hours) at night, the fast should be

broken at the end of either Tithi or the Nakshalra, as it is akin

10 tbe holy Sivaratri. The 4th lunar day in the Bhadrapada,

during the bright half of the month, is the best day for the

worship of the Lord Gancsa. When the Tithi touches Pancbami

and coincides with the Nakshatra Chitra , it is auspicious; butnot so praisworthy when it touches the third lithi.

!1"Ql W ~ ~ ' l"lg<ll ;l\ ~ ! g 3 , , " ~ ' 1 1 "tIlT( q ~ ! ' I i " I i i ' I I ~ ~ $ ; \ " ; ' l ~ ~ I

'1."" > i ' I ~ ~ ' l . f . & > ~ 1 ;m:'III

~ " I " ' k f i I . n R m ~ !'II " ' I ' l S ' l f ' ' ' ' ~ ! f : I I V ~ " Sloka-43. The Rishi-Panchami will be very fruilful when

it runs with the Chaturthi , but. not so good i f it is connccted with

the Shasti Tithi (6th day). Should the 14th Tilhi run into the

noon (the bright balf of 8hadrapada), Lord Anant should be

worshipped thai day. As it is connected with the Poumima, this

day will prove most beneficial. TIle 14th day in the Dark fort

night of Aswini month known as Naraka Chturdasi will bring

about great religious merit in those who take an o il bath just

when the Moon-rises.

"Iq IflR! liia " ' l ! o i ~ i ' r lila: ~ ~ ! I ' !<;(1;1 < l i l : ~ " l ! 1 f t ' ~ I ! ; j ) & l f t . ' > r . t . { l " i l I~ { ~ ~ " l ! ' I ' ~ ~ , , ~ \ t t l ~ ~ f l r :

a f ( q ~ s l { { r f o 1 t " ' ! ' I g . ~ I . £ s i ~ 1 ~ ~ ~ II\1V"S loka-44. An early morning bath on th e 4th day of the

Bright Fortnight in Magha month is most pious and dear to

Adisesha, the lord of Serpents. Similarly, a holy bath on the

Ratha Saptami day coinciding wi th the Anuradha Nakshatra is

especia ll y holy to the Sun-God . It is as auspicious and meritorious as the o ne taken on th e occas ion of a crore of Solar eclipses

138

or like the rising of a dozen Suns simultaneously. 1be sacred

Sivaratri running at midnight and taking place in the same month

will bring about the union with the Lord.

'11-'1 " i ! ~ ~ ft;r!ltf1l: III 'IrRt ' I I ~ 'l<'f!<Jl! ft;rtqfa: r t ~ * . ( : ~ 1 < ' i l s r < ' \ l t s f . r ~ ' ! . I

\itsfii ~ I < l ; f%g",/f l \ l ~ 11i8S\\1tii \1\1:

iI.m.;1 It 'l{1f.ilJl f'I/t >1%"1-'1 'Iii,!,""''!.1 1 ~ " ' 1 1

Sloka·4S. In the Magha (month), the 14th lunar Day (in

the Dark Fortnight) is known as Siva Tithi -sacred to Lord Siva

and also called Maha Sivaratri. Every month also, this 14th day

is dear to Lord Siva. Therefore, his devotees should offer their•

adorations to Him as well as to the Divine Mother at dusk. Th is

will bring about glorious results. Similarly, every day, there is

a period of three Muhurtas i.e., a period o f 2 hours and 24minules, soon after the setting Sun touches the mountain peak

and it is sac red to Lord Siva. Pradosha is the lime just when the

Su n sels. Lord Siva, there fore, should be worshipped daily at

that time. On the Sivaratri-day, a period of 2 Ghatika (48 minutes)

at midnight is ca lled Mahanisa·Great night. Every night, a period

or 2 Ghatika at midnight is known as Maha·Nisa.

Cr. Pradosbstotra shtaka of Seandpuran.

" - ' I ~ . ~ .. <r.r 'l<ii\ ~ ; : 1 ~ at'till ~ I ! ! ~ Q<'«i " . m ~ t'l1<r ~ " " " ~ I' i r '11Ft q{;r ;nr", '< ! l l ' ~ " ' I ~ ~ [ I ~ ~ \1'1 ~ 1 I ~ ' 1 ~ 1 qf<:: -.;itttll ~ l 1 ; ijllOT I I ~ 11

Slokn·46. When Ekadasi docs not fall on two days, the

Dwadasi should be observed on the very next day. But w ~ e n it

falls on 2 days, ascetics and widows should observe it on the

2nd da y. Although a dual Tithi does not exist on the 2nd day,

ye t it is ca lled one such, i.e ., Ekadasi--cum Dwadasi. Hence

only the 1st day, viz., Ekadasi will predominate. Dwadasi is

considered best only when it is uncontaminated .

f.!I;:r ' t r [ ' l ~ f ~ ! l ' " '1«11 ~ < m : ~ 'I!lrq, , ~ . q t Q!loiM ' I i ~ ! l f . l a ij'-'ll<'R "1{1Il" I

*«I(.u14\iqa ~ ~ " " " ' 1 f r . n 'It[ I ~ I 'I{atsfii QT qRMI QT QT'I;ft", ~ : " V " "

139

Sloka·47. When Ekadasi is contaminated by Owadasi, it

is deadly like poison; and only on the following day, Dwada si

should be accepted for the fast, although strictly speaking it isno Ekadasi. It is advisable to break the fast the day after that

(Dwadasi)-Ihis view is he ld by the Vaishnavas. They believe

Ihal Eka dasi should be free from Vedha (contamination) by

Owadasi and th e 1st meal of Dwadasi should be taken by the

wise aficr the Dwadasi is over.

!l\a ~ q t a q",ta It q < ' . n r . ~ < i ; a r ~ ' I ~ 'I1(i!Uqra n t f 1 l ~ i t ij'lm;<i; < w . i t ~ 1nit ~ ' l ( l l 1 ' f ~ a It f.!Ifta <reis,qft-IT

~ 1 1 < i \ i ~ f i W ~ ~ .5: ijiji , , ~ 'I " ' ' ' ' ' . l q l ~ IIvellSloka ·48. Should there be a Solar Eclipse on a ce rtain

day, the Annu al Sraddha ceremony should not be pc rfonned onthat da y. On the contrary should the Moon be totally eclipsed .

the Sr:u.ldha may be obscrved on the same day, because the

edipse and ot hcr rituals connecting with it take place at night ,

so for as the Sraddha is concerned it is quite different , as it is

pcrfonned during day-time. Where the Shastras are doubtful ,the convention adopted by the majority be followed.

~ 4 1 i 1 < Q ~ q ' J ' l i 1 \ t ! ~ ~ I " " ~ 'I ; f T ! 3 l f i 1 ~ -' I 1 ~ 1 1 T ~ ~ " ~ I f . l q ~ ~ {fi"1 f{"'''Rq"" I

' - l T ~ 'IT",qftf';j;ql q r ~ ~ " ; ~ ! 3 " , ;mtlll-

1 1 T 1 6 1 ~ f . \ ~ : 'It i! qRi\ f . ! I ~ : I I V ~ I I Sloka-49. Pollution i.e. Sutaka , will not affect the con

cerned Brahmins till the functions are completed , regardingthe marital rituals and sacrificial ritcs, once the Nandi -S rnddha

140

and the initiation ceremony respectively are perfo nned. A:;,

re ga rd the Sraddha ceremony, there is no pollution once the

cooking is completed or is taken up. Similarly in a Sacrifice,when a Brahmin is sprinkled wilh the hol y water for initiation,

he will not be affected by the pollution. In fact tbe actual sacrifice commences only afterwards with tbe chanting of the Sacred

Texts.

1 I l ~ ) : « " , q ~ f i I , " 'H'I Ifti 1'I1(o"f'lQI!l!ll ;i

'!!Jlm. . m t ~ " l , "

iI~ f t a

1iI"!1, , ~ ; f l

flIiql I- .f.\"Wl! ~ ~ ' l T f( f q ~ { l I 1 qi!f'tillilf It ! I -

,it.) Ill'! ~ , 1 i 1 i q l R i . f l o N ; ; i l l r ~ ; j ; ~ r . ~ I I ~ oil

Sloka·SO. As given in the Scriptures, the lunar month

wherein there is no solar transition from one Rasi to another(Sankranti) is called Mala Masa, the Adhika Masa or the extra

month. As such sacrificial and tbose riles which are connectedwith the Manes (Sraddha) are forbidden in this month. Duringthis period only the regu lar and mandatory religious duties

should be observed by the wise. 60 days go to make this monthonl y the monthly Sraddha may be performed but nol the annualones or the sacrifices and such other rites concerning the Deities.

RI't,..t ~ ~ : u ~ f . \ l ; ! m U : ~ ~ < l . oiln \ ~ < i t 5 ' 1 '«a: \.1: qn: ~ S ~ ~ I

' l . ~ 1 ~ { l !Iii!'1q: q ! l l I " " ~ ~ I : ~ i I : '{.'!1 ' " ~ .. .n\'Cu: ~ i I ' , f I T'lIlti! i m ~ 8 I I ~ tilSloka-5L Ten Ghatikas be fore and ten a fter the Sankranti

are auspi cious in the Mesha month; sixteen Ghaikas before the

Sank ra nl i, in the Vrisha bha month; sixteen Ghatikas a fter the

Sankranti , in Milhuna; Thirty Ghatikas before the Sankrantj inKa laka; sixteen Gbatikas before th e Sankranti in Simha ; six

teen Ghatikas afte r the Sa nkranti in Kanya ; len Ghatikas be

fore and a fter the Sankra nl i in Tula ; s ixteen Ghatikas be forethe Sank ra nti in Vrischika ; s ixteen Ghatikas a fter that in Dhanus;

fort y Ghalikas afler the Sa nkra nti in Makara; sixteen Ghatikas

befo re tba t in Kumhha and sixteen G hatikas after the Sankrantiin Meena .

141

Note: Madhava believes it to be 20 Ghatikas after the

Sa nkranli in Makara .

c r. N a r a d ~ also the Nimayasi ndhu ..

11;" f . I ! ~ alii [I 'Ii<lfoiiltl

f ! R l , " , f < q ~ anq 'It I

l n ~ I f d . I ' ( " ! l ~ q F . t ' l l " I l ~ , ; q q l i f . ~ f " ~ l a ~ ~ q{lI. II '\ II

Sloka-52 . Only one saluta tion shou ld be offered to the

Gods; While two salut ations 10 each of the sages and three 10

each of the Manes. Single salutation shou ld be offered to a

woman (as per rule). To the mother and to all ot her women of

her rank three salutations should be offered. As a general rule

it should be observed in Sraddha. Fo r Vaiswadeva Homa, sepa

rate cooking shou ld be arranged.

'{II"! a ' ) { I I ~ I 1 I ~ F . ! a 'Ii'< ij\qf'ltl;r.

t i i ' l ~ l ; [ l i ! l F . ! q l l l ( q r li'Iit f'lQ;6QI(fu I"! l q l ~ q q ) ! i l IIlqlaQr ¥Iii) I1IQ'tl{m-

f!il1llf7.:!il' i

i! lifq qld.Q ( ' ) ~ ' i " l i s . q r ~ ' ' I I " ~ 1 I

Sloka-53. The funeral libation of water must not be of

fered on the bare ground or into an iron or bronze vessel. The

thumb and the fore· finger are to be combined 10 beckon the

Manes. 'The remaining fingers should be used piously to offer

the rice or food on the ground. The same rule is applied whileorrering known as Cbitra which is observed when one begins to

eat. This should not be consumed on any account by himself orby any body else.

lit!!! a{ " " " ~ " 6 q > : ' n ' l l f i l ; j ; a<4if,,-:

UT'Illft ' I ¢lga;l1'1!l6 I

~ . Q ( r ( l ~ ~ " i t " 6 T ~ ! 1 l I Q . q " " < " ( f ~ . - q l ( r , , ~ IIOsiiI \WIII\ II,\VII

142

Sloka-54. When offering food to Ihe deities who rule over

the five vital Airs (Prana, Apana, Vyana, Udana and Samana)

before one begins to take his food, the particles of food should

be taken (1) with the thumb, middle and fore-fingers for Prana

Ahuli (offering to thc first vilal Air); (2) with the thumb, middle

and ring fingers for Apana Ahuti; (3) with the thumb. ring and

little fingers for Vyana Abuti; (4) with the thumb, little and the

forefingers for Udana Ahuti and (5) with all thc fingers for

Samatla Ahuti. Thereafter one should eat the meal silelltly. On

the wedding day, both the bride and the bridegroom should

keep fast at night.i I I ! . I I ' t . { : : ; : 1 ~ '1 ~ q i j f u ~ il l . n ; r ' l l ' l t f i l ~ 'l1;{t'lI::;:11<l ~ ~ f < 3 < 1 ( f ~ N ; f r , f < ' « l ( i j ~ 'tlQ I

~ 1 ) ill ~ q q R t ~ " " l S i j ~ 'I afl1l't. toilS-

. 'W{l::;:a 3 I l ' t ) ' l . { a ~ ~ 'Ilitl ':ii'll 'If<;: 1.",,11

Sloka-55. A person whose father is alive while pcrronn

ing the Nandi-Sraddha should not mention the names of the

fore-bears with tbeir particulars and sbould not offer sesamum

seeds, but he sbould mention his Gotr.l ; or be himself may

perfonn the Nandi for his paternal grand-father and othe rs.

Wben the mother has to stay out due to her menses, the auspi

cious rite of marriage should not be proceeded with even ir theNandi is perfonned.

uffI ' ' ' ~ I ! , " f i \ ~ l q " { I ! ~ ( q ~ ~ ~ ' t l ~ \ I I 1 ~ q l " ' i ' l I \ l . 1 l J q I

ill 1 A Q ~ q ~ 1A<iIi"ll '1 datf.r.ft

., .~ ~ " I ' i ' i l ! q l ~ I I P l ~ < l : m !i0G;'l ij"ll"

Sloka-56 . When there is Sraddha, the Slthalepaka Homa

must be observed thus: Divide the duration of the night (Ratri

mana) into 30 parts and leave oIT the las t two. The aroresaid

Homa should be perfonned within the first 28 parts, provided

there is 110 Amavasya that night. Should the day happen to be

Amavasya and the girl is still issueless. the Darsa Homa should

143

be performed and sacrifice should be offered on Sankramana

al so.

i i i ' ! I ( ~ 1 < " ~ : § { ~ f i I \ \ I 1 ' ~ ' I T { 1 : ~ i i t ; n f i l 1 : ; n ~ q ' t " ' l " ' 1 r q ti& gfiiOl!II '

oW ~ l q ( l ~ I!lIIAA """-, ~ t I \ f . l r i t " " ~ < 1 I ' i ! ' I T ~ " ' ~ ~ lIift, "".""

Sloka-S7. When lhe wife of a native is pregnant he should

not perform the Chaula or tonsure ceremony of his SOD. nor

should he have his own hair cut. He should also not build pillars or lay foundation. or start conslruccion of bouses. 1be pregnant

lad y should not take a sea bath, nor go on a long journey. On the

occasion of a child birth; on Amavasya day; all soul's day; onthe occasion of a death in the family ; on the first day; fourth

amid the last days of the month, a wise man should perform hisdaily Vaiswadeva Homa as recommended by the experts in thefour Vedas.

<:;l q l ~ " ~ i 1 S 1 < : ; " .. ~ , ~ Q!(1"l<\,t!I,iIi.... qr<:; ' I T ~ i 1 ~ : " l ~ ,

< i l i i s , . q l " ! 1 f . 1 i ( " ~ i I D ~ f . t ~ .. , ~ , ' ~ mil. I

{ q u l ~ ".,i, "I !I"

u N ~ ~ ~ , , 1 f . 1 Il1lfu<ffl"".CIISlok8-S8. The offering of Tilodaka (sesamum) water is of

primary importance in Amavasya, thereafter comes tbe Maha

Jaya in the order of importance. There after, it should be of

fered o n the day of death. I f the Sapindakarana, i.e., bringing

together the piod or. one with those of tbe predecessors. has

alread y been effected then tbe Amavasya offering and the one

in the Pitrapaksba should botb be performed in tbe very firstyear itself.

"The wise should avoid tbe following seven things when

they are bathing in boly waters or visiting the sbrines. (1) Argbya

or offering holy water; (2) tbe rule regarding tbe use of fingers

while coMuming food (3) the difference in Vedic Sakhas (4)

the query about the satisfaction of Manes (5) Scattering food to

144

the unknown dead (6) invocation of the dead souls (7) .offering

oblations into the Sradba fire . This applies to SankaJpa Sraddha

also.

< r n I l i I ~ ' t ~ ' I I i ~ ! f ~ 1 1 i t ' t !!II!! "

J ; { l i l " l q , , ~ : i i t ' f ' l ~ IIlallilfoll"iit I

mt ~ ~ ! 1 ' I l g l ! ; r . I ~ R t t t < l ...", <'i"1fIl!5IIIq;:.jtS[q !!(f: Q<i\ l! il 'Ift\: ...,1 ft ; J 1 I l l ~ l I " " ' "

Sloka-59. A man should perfonn Sraddha for the wives of

his father as he will do for his father. Similarly, he should do

it for his own wives, elder brothers, paternal uncles and mater

nal grandfather (Le. the father of all the wives of his fathe r).

Oblations should be given 10 Aupasagni or the marital fire and

those of the Sraddha, to the ordinary or lokika fire. Even the

son of a co-wife is a son and he is entitled to perform theSraddha of a wife belonging to another caste and so the husband should not perform it.

, , ~ : ~ I ' I : « > i l ( ; l ~ «iisfq ~ r ; t " , : ~ < r ~ ~ ' , , ~ >l!!l mft 1!Ilr;"". I

fo,,(dl l! ' t ~ f ! I 1 I f t 1fl'!<fl;j\q af1iotlt>a:

m !Il"""" oR f q q ! C o l ~ A I oR ~ 1 I i ' t I I ~ . I I Sloka·60. Should one of the own brothers have got sons,

all of them should be considered to have children as far as the

question of Shraddha is concerned. Should one of them alonebe married, that wife stands in the position of a wife. with re

spect to all of them for the purpose of Sraddba but it will not be

so with respect 10 her own sons, brothers and father. I f a woman

whose husband is alive but has no sons, if dies, or if a .widowdies, according to some, the function of uniting ber with the

Manes is to. be done soon after tbe Sapnidakarana ceremony;

whereas, others believe tbat it should be done on the occasiorof tbe first death anniversary.

." ' .. , ~ ! ~ ' I l 1 [ ' i j ' l < l " " ' i q ' * , , ~ l \ ""t ' t 1 i ~ ~ ... .. Nil! fiRlsfit [>l'l: SOli I

ar.S! ' I q f u q ~ , ~ r a ! ! ' l ~ l i " ~ < i ' " ~ -t q . n q j f ~ o F ~ r ~ ~ " " a ~ ( ~ ~ ' I . II \ II

145

Sloka-61. In the annual Sraddha for the mother when ghee

is applied 10 the Pinda of tbe mother, should at that time Ca

ther' s Pinda break away tbe Sraddba should be perfonned over

again. the le ft over food and the portion on which the holy

waler has been sprinkled by the priest, should not be discarded,bul be consumed or be buried in the ground for the first tW I"'

years and thereafter it s hould be burnt.

1 i , ~ S " l « ; ; l t l ! l i t i'! .. iI.1 'If ;i\q"'\i.tr.,..~ r a l i \ ira Ii " " ' " " l ~ " r a ...,iii .... ! l i ~ I

..,., oiIf.\! ~ " , , 4 i ' I 1 ' t i ~ "{oil >r.tl-4 i 1 ' 1 ~ ~ M ~ q(ll' d i j ~ r. ,: Ii. \ \I

Sloka-62. A man who does not unite with his wife who

has bathed after her menses and who is full of sexua l desire,

inspile of lying with her, is guilty of destroying a child in the

womb. On the contrary, if a woman, artcr her menses, does no t

unite with her loving husband. she will repeatedly be born amonghogs. dogs, wolves and jackals. As such the couple must have

sexual pleasure leading to the birth of a noble son who will in

the end take them across the ocean of th is mundane life.

{ T " , ~ " ~ ~ ~ ~ ( I I '!<1 ~ " " " I ! ' 1 i H!:~ 1 I I f

...1",. 11;'1 ;Uqfi!'1ilq " " ' ~ ~ ~ ~ N

I

311 " " ~ l J l I ' ! l ! l ! q .. .i'''' 'I!/ij 'I,/ij;;![<i

" , " ! ~ ~ H H l l ! ~ " ~ ' ! F I { I J . II ! \ ~ IISlokn-63. There are fo ur factors responsible for the men·

st rua tion in women, viz., (1) great pa ssion; (2) disease; (3) age

and (4) food or some medicine takell. or all these causes the

one based upon age is most important. The menses last till the

146

age of 50 yeaTS. They generally start by the age of 18 years and

continue for 3 days every month. I f in anyone month they

reappear before tbe lapse of 18 days, they are not considered

dangerous or polluted.~ ' I l q ~ ~ r t < l i ~ r ~ S ~ S " I f I ! l f . m f { a f t 1

i I l { f ~ ~ i l ~ " i ! 1 ! ~ " i I 'Iro wi d«" ' I a ~ ~ q " i t o'llf<l on ~ ~ f < ! . " ~ \ / I I

Sloka-64. Some people believe that when menses reap pear before 15 days they do not cause any pollution; but when

they appear in the 3rd weak (15 to 21 days) care should be

taken for 2 days. On the first day of her menses, the woman is

like a Pariah woman; on the second. a hater of Brahmins: on the

3rd, like a washcawoman and on the 4th day, she is pure for her

personal affairs; but on the 5th day, she is perfectly clean andpure and has full freedom for sexual ad, provided there is no

other physical ailmen!.

~ i l t !! t f 1 1 ~ >Jq(<R<I.n"qq " ' ~ I < ! . 3011 ' ! [ ( ~ ' f t ~ , " ) , ~ ' I , " i l " l ~ " i l > . l t ~ " ... q I

; i " ~ ~ " , , ! t " ~ ~ ii1q r a ~ ~ i t ~ l r e ~ l I I " ~ " I 1 < f t ' l 1 , , < 1 i Q ~ t ~ f ' i Sloka-6S. A newly wedded man, having a channing wife.

who has al the same time a sacrifice 10 perfonn or observe his

birth-day, or a Sraddha or a PaNa day, such as, Amavasya,

Sankranti, etc., be sbould not have sex with his wife on such

occasions. If he has , he should immediately take his bath withhis clothes on, and should apply sesamum seeds to clean hisbody. On such occasion he should also avoid the sight of dead

bodies, climbing high mountains, going 10 holy rivers and worship

of gods.

:;uq'I!I!tIJ'I'lwm;i; d < . I ! ~ ~ n -: ; f i ~ ~ ~ ~ l i T ' l ( I . 3 f ~ 1 i j ~ l ~ t C { t ~ ~ I

147

1iI@Il@llN '" ' l r a ~ rquU«(;j F/T-

~ ; m q U 1 I ~ ol\'ti<I. (I (I

S l o k . a ~ " . Avoid perfoming the Upanayanam ceremony

twice within a period of six moIdhs, i.e., if (here are two children for whom the sacred tbread ceremony is to be observed it

should be done either simultaneously or after a lapse of sixmonlbs. Also avoid old and broken pots, repairing or thatching

roof, sweeping tbe floor. etc., in the house, hair cut forhimself and the Brabmachari. But on the day of death. he can

observe the Sraddha where Pindas are oHered; be may also

perronn tbe Kripa Sraddha for Ihe foresaken dead. But he must

not go to Gay. for the Sraddha of his falber, etc., for it will

bring him sin.

'f.i\' < ~ ' 1 ~ ~ ~ " t ' 1 l 1 ' . ~ ~ ; { i ..i'llit I

<1\lI ~ I I ' l R q < ' t ~ ;rq a ~ t .-t '" l'iiWllqlil'll ! l i f ' ~ ' ' ' ' ' O l l j l l f U t II ~ 1 9 II

Sloka-67.A Brahmin should fix the Sacred Thread to theright ear, when auending the filSt call of nature. During the day

time, he should go to the edge of • lank or river and wash the

genital orgal!, at night, be should pour water over or wet it. The

genita ls and the right hand (after the 2nd call of nature) shouldbe cleaned with mud, while the left hand with thrice as much

earth as before, lbcn again both the hands should be washed

with double the quantity of mud thereafter, the anus, with five

times the quantity of mud, the other three limbs again, with

double that quantity.

I ! i l ~ ~ ' I l i l ' <'l

~ 4 ( i j j 6 4 : " ~ ' m : 4ilA , " ( i " ~ <n<iltl (

""ligui ! I ~ '" fiIt-I iIq'I!Mt; (I qG I(

Sioka-'S. After tbe inter..couI'SC or urination, etc., a man

sbQuld wash the various private parts as follows:

148

(1) the genital organs. sbould be cleaned, thrice

(2) the anus should be cleaned, six times

(3) each of the hands, ten times

(4) again the anus. once

(5) the palms, the back of the bands, twice or thrice

(6) the thighs and the loim, twice or thrice

(7) when there is mere loss of vitality it should be washed,twice.

1bese rules should be observed regarding washing after

urination during the day time alone. During night the aboveshould be halved; and if it is during a journey, it should bereduced to a quarter.

t m i i " ' ~ I i I ~ ; R ~ ~ ' i . ~ ....) a ; ( ~ I ' I I I i r . i : ; j ; ' ~ " " ' ~ 'I<muriil<t m I

' i f t ~ ~ w ; r n , { I ~ .. I j : : · ~ e q ..q:1 ' I T ~ 1 q f l l ~ ~ ~ .. <til ~ i j f t . r . i < l l i l ..a: I' !\, 11

Sloka-6' . This washing process for a Brahmchari should

be double of that of a bouse bolder, it is three times as much forthe Vanaprasthas (tOOse living in the forest) and four times forascetics. By a holy bath only tbe oimment, sandal paste, etc.,

should be cleaned in the case of women, those Sudas that areobserving some vow, Bmhmacbaris, urchins and un-educatcdignorant rustics. The body sbould not be abandoned in water,

as there are crores or Ymhas or boly rivers or lakes in it.

~ ' 1 1 1{flt " ' . ~ " film mS1( iJ...tf'lltll"'IIH!II lRI'I {t .. i!'1'i I

'11tr ·{"",", iJ

.. f l I ~ f . I ~ w.i f i R ~ II"" ISlqka-70. The Gods drink the offerings with their heads;

the manes through their mouths, tbe yaksha with their belliesor waists; those who have narrow lower lips and other little

creajures, with their bellies or lower parts or their bodies. The

water offered on the left side is as good as blood, while that on

149

the right side is as holy as that of tbe Ganges. The washing of

the hair with water alone is a useless exercise.

1 { , , ~ q q ! l f ; j \ q S l ! g ~ R l ~ ' qe'" 'ITfii I q : ; i l l l l l ~ l I ! P J < i l ~ ' 1 ~ 1 I

rnt ft<;'" '<'it '" .......1 'lUI ~ ~ ( O ; q ~ -<!!Ii ' l R q d ( l \ i J t q l ' ~ " l f i j 1119! II

Sloka-7t.Aftcr taking food and passing water, excreta

and vitality, a person should gargle his mouth with water 108times. In the months of Milhuna, Karkaia and Simha, all the

rivers are said to be impure as a woman in menses. Therefore,a bath in these months sbould be a.voided. Should one have ii,he must purify himself with a bath in the sea (at the mouth of

a river).

'" , . ~ . ~ , , , , a,,.!l\ll,, (liilil«'l'lltr . .. .tit' iPIl '" aoioq '" I

" .. ; f t q ~ fqqait ail' iWl

am lIlaft ~ " ' ~ i I I < : : I I ...(ii ¢il! II 1115,11Sloka-72.0n religious occasion'> connected with God s a

Pavitra-Symbol of purity-made of Darbba grass, copper, silveror gold should be worn in the band. One made of gold should

be worn in the ring finger. All these are good for the worshipof Gods and not thai oC Manes. Also it should not be used by a

man whose Cather or elder brother is living.

IIIQ;l' ~ e ' i ' l Q l ~ i \ l I" l l Q ~ S - q "'1-s o ! " ' l ~ !IRma: w < . ~ \ l 6(;'\;16'>'I1>1'1l ,

Ol''n 1 S i ( ~ " i m!il<'l'l m ~ « l e , ! ' i r . e i l i f < 1 l ( ~ 6&ui ad ' " ' ' < f < I ~ ~ I f i ; ~ ~ ' I . .1,19 I

Sloka-73.0n the day the Sraddba of the father or mother

falls, a man should say the Gayatri Mantra at least 10 limes at

dusk as we ll as during Ihe Cortnightly and olher holidays 28times; on an auspicious day, a thousand times, or 500, 300 or -

150

128 limes at least. On Sankranti, etc., when the annual cere·

mony of Sraddha also [aIls, first, tbe Pilm Tarpana or waler

offerings should be made aDd then alone, the annual Sraddha.

" ' ~ < f t , j ' ( q , q C , , , q ~ q ' 9 i i ' I ~ ~ q'(§; ....U"' a . ~ ' l . , ~ 4 ; I

'o ; i l .' -'-'-54dl .liO{ ' 1 ( I ~ q d l \4SS......111li: !! ... Oli"l

lIItI: ""auf'll:~ l ! < I i w . - ~ t " ' · " I i ~ q ' i U " ~

""ViiSloka-74. During all kinds of Sradhas, viz., Tirtlla, Sradha,

Gaya Sraddha, the Mahalaya or Asbtalca Sraddba and the annual

Sradha. a man s hould give Tarpaoa with sesamurn seeds in the after

noon when the Tithi is longer. This holds good in case of monthly

Sraddhas also or even if there i1 some Vriddhi or child birth at home,

the monthly Tarpana with sesamum seeds s hould be given . A man

whose father is alive but who is performing the Srnddba orrusmother,i.e ., the funeral rites of his JDOtbr;r. should not give the Tarpana o r

libatioll. As a rule one should bathe in the morning and being pure,

offer the Tarpana according to tbe rule and there aflcronly do his daily

sa ndhya, worship, etc.

1 I 1 / . l ' ~ t a ~ " « I , , " , f . l R l ( d " ' ~ "{' l F i R , ; ~ , , ~ ~ ~ rutdJiIiiI"",q'l) tr.t: I

om ' 1 d , , ~ < ! q , O f m : 4 1 a l ~ .q t a ~ : l R ! ~ " 1 1 ' I T ~ d q ~ ~ . q ~ " , ' t f'lf'I: ill9'\l1. '

Sloka-7S. After performing the annual Sraddha , a Brah

min s hould offer tbe daily Tarpana , do his usual VaiswadevaHoma with rice specially woked for that purpose and then

pcrfoml tbe daily Brahma Yajna. At a marriage. Upanayana. o r

Chaula. the annual Sraddba should not be pcrfonncd with s tS

amum seeds. In the Pretasraddha, as well as the Gaya Sraddha,

ir darkness sets in, it should be believed that tbe two luminar

ies are together present.

«ao'lf { f . I ' I 1 « ~ a' i < t 1 f u ~ .. ~ . ~ ' l I ~ g l l " ' \ ! \ I O o l ~ t \ qql'l''I l'' I

151

' W q l " l ( l ' l l , , > i I ~ ' n r ~ ij'lT i' t S 1 ! ~ ;fl , , ~ QlR

i i l . ~ f ; ; f q i ? < ! i ~ F . ! f fa

, , ~ , ~ ; j j 'It"'''-

I I I S ~ IISloko-76.A man should offer Tarpana or libation with

scsa mum at home to the lumina ries when a Sunday conc ides

with the 71h luna r day and his own birthday. He who wishes for

prosperity should not take the bath with earth and offer Pindas

and sesamum 011 Sundays, Fridays and Tuesdays when coni'·

d de with the Sla r Magha or with the fiftb or ninth (Nanda

Tilhis I , 6 and l l ) lunar days or with Aswini. Bhami. Krittikaor Mrigasiras and when the two Ayanas start.

>IT'lTlITl ! ( O \ ~ ~ F . ! 1 > ' f ,,)q R l ~ q i r ~ \ T O ~ l ! I t t ~ ~ > i I " ~ d \ l I

' I . ~ ~ ! ~ ~ e \ l < ' ' ' ' ' ! l ~ I ~ I < t I ~ : " 1 _ 1 ' ~ c a ~ ' I : ' I i < ' 5 ~ ~ ~ I I ( \i'lf foI: II"ISII

Sloka-77. Write down Om, Ihe sacred Syllable denoting

the Goddess Saraswa li and draw under it len vertical lines crossed

OM

Mccna Mcsha Vrish Mithun

12+1

2 3

Aqua Kalak

11 4-j-

Makar Simha

10 5

+Dhanu Yrisb Litera Virgo

98 7

6

152

by ten horizontal Jines, the squares so formed by the even (2nd,

4th, 6t h and 81h) columns and similar sets of rows (ignoring the

four such squares round the central one) are the 12. in number.TIley signify the 12 Rasis from Mesba onwards. Now onwa rds

I shall deal with the functions o f the twelve Bhavas reckoned

from the Lagna onwards for the wise to evaluate their several

effects .

I'i !I(if: U'li q.fil. "''IT .'lTS: fil.l

~ q j , " .... ~ , , ' i q ~ ~ l i t ~ 1 !I{\' 98"1{ I

'l'l'f"o<'I'i !l8i! ' < I f . l ~ ' ' r . I ' ' i l ' l ~ ' l O l t l l w . : ' < l ~ f H \ " I " i l ' ! l ~ ~ i 1 ; m ~ 1 : II 111<: II

Sloka-78 . The 12 Bhavas denote (1) body (2) wealth (3)bro ther (4) happi ness (5) son (6) foe (7) wife (8) longevity (9)

father (to) profession (11 ) income and (1:2) loss . All the plan

ets aspect the 7t h with a full glance; whereas, Saturn, Jupiter

and Mars are peculiar in that they also aspect the 3rd and 10th,

the 51h and 9I:h and the 4th and Blh respectively with a full

gla nce. (SL-ll-17 1/2, 18 1/2 supra)

! I ~ i j q ~ { 1 f l r ~ " 1 q ( l q . ~ , q > i i q ~ · ~ ~ 1 I 1 : m<q: ",;::qfi\, ~ > l '! ~ ) S O l ~ ; i I ' I ! ' ~ I< O l l ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ' l ' I 1 ! I ~ ' l { f q ' q l ! l " I'II'!at

~ l i R l i ' f . i i l q . i t ~ l l q ~ " I ' ~ .... q l l f t ~ { II I I I ~ IISloka-79 .All the benefics, when they own the Trikona

Bhavas, prove auspicious if they occupy the 3rd , 2nd. 11th and

Kendra houses. A benefic owning a Kendra will not givc fa

vourable resulls. On the cont ra ry, a malefic owning a Kendra

will not prove inauspicious. TIIC lords of the 8th and 12th Bhavas

count ed from the Lagna. if in association or mutually occuping

each other's houses. produce effed s as detai led below: The

lord of the 8th gives good res ul ts, and the lord of the 12th

augurs fortune.

Iilsir ~ ' I ! ;Jill ! 1 ~ f i ' l a ' ~ I N ' " ' l 1 ; J ~ ' q n " , ~ q f ? ; lIat 1lI0l5oi\ "nit I

153

!,fl\lT{ifi " 5>t1 R1!1{ ~ ~ ~ ~ : m f i l ~ ....' { ' ! 1 ~ 1 1 { q a f " i l i l U J q f f l < m l t ~ < ' % ~ i I i a : II c- II

Sloks-80. When one of the two planets stated above, i.e.,

owning the 8th or the 12th, happens to own the ugna also, bewill prove auspicious. Jupiter and Venus whey tbey happen to

own tbe Kendras become malefic and if they be also occupying

the Manka (2nd and 7th) places, they become Marakas or killers.Mercury, if similarly situated, will as much prove fatal. The

Moon and the SUIl, when the y occupy or own the 8th, will notprove Marakas. Mars who is also known as AR if happens toown the 4th as well as the 9tb (Simha Lagna) or 5th and 10lb

will prove auspicious and this will not be applicable if be owns

only one of the sa id two Bhavas.

Note: Consider the natives born with Kumbu. Tula or

--esha Lagna. Even when Saturn, Venus and Mars respedivelyown the 8th or tbe 12tb (Dussthanas). they prove auspicious to

the man concerned.

Consider Mars as owner of the 10th Bhava in Mesha Lagna

Chart and that of Venus in the 7th for Thla Lagna . Hl!re tbelords of the respective Lagnas occupy the Kendra positi.on andcast full glance on the Ascendant. Mars occupying Makara in

Mesha Lagna cuts the longevit y of the n a t i v e though be isoccupying the most powerful of the kendras with full Oigbalayet is in a disadvantageous position to the 8th house. Th.is be·comes worst when Mars and Saturn are devoid of any beneficas pect. In thi s position Mars is creating a very strong Alpa yury·oga·vide III 8, rule I , supra .

Similarly, for the TIlla Lagna natives Venus is moo t malefic, tor longevity, Venus like Mars, when devoid of a benefic

aspect, becomes a strong case for Alpayuryoga. The reasonbeillg (1) Venus's position in the 7th singly and (2) Venusaspecting the ugna as lord of the 8th·vide 10·8, rule I , sup ra .Remember, the two luminaries when owning tbe 8th do not provefa tal c:f IV-25 supra.

~ ~ i ! l ( d ' qft'lRlftalitit ~ I ( : ~ .

l!Ilat a ' ' ' ' ' ' 1 \ l f t I ~ ' .oi'1<IT ~ ~ r ~ i l U 1 " ' U : I

154

,iI a ; : ; ~ ~ \ I ' I i { f t a l " ; : ; ; q q r a9"':

a1 ~ r q ~ [ 1 l i j 1 ! J ~ \ I ' I ( " 1 I ! l ~ u ( 51 " I <: t II

Sloka..Jl. Rahu and Ketu (Dark Planets) when possessedof strength are as effective as the planets owning an inauspicious Bhav. and in whose bouse they are posited or with whomthey are associated. The lords of tbe Kendras and Konas, if not

associated with the two nodes, produce good results. The result

will be contrary, if they be otherwise. These two nodes in spite

of their malevolent character become auspicious by virtue oftheir position in certain Bhavas or conjuction with certain planets.

at III qil: dfUt " ' ~ s ll\ldl 'IT fm1om R i I I ~ q f a ' l 1 i l T q ~ ~ R I I ; : 1

1 l ~ • • ..1"q\ll\ I ~ · \ I I ; : ; q ~ l f q ~ " t \ 1 1 i ' f i iIT1I4t1{ II <: It II

5Ioka·82. When one of the two, Rabu and Ketu, and tbe

lord o f . Trikooa occupy the 9th or the 10th, or if one of thembe in the 9th and the other in the 10th or vice versa, the yogawill cause prosperity to the man concerned. Even the associa

tion of eitber of these with the lonl of a Kona will prove auspi

cious. In such a situation., the Dasas of these two Dark Planetsas well as of those associated with them will prove auspicious.

When an inauspicious planet associates with either of the .Nodes

having some sort of Sambandba, the Bhukti of the Yoga Kar

aka planet will prove adverse.

i! {IljIm ~ q ' n . l 1 ~ i l t i l t s ' l ' l l ( I . " i I ~ ! J d ~ ffi\"I'lfd'll II

IlQ"iliIlqdj { i > . l ~ . m < I ' I ; q ~ I " ~ 'IT~ { l ! I 'U!qlilll i 1111" a ~ ~ . : II < : ~ II

Sloka-13. Rahu and Ketu, the two dark planets, become

auspicious when they are posited in a Trikona or Kendra posi

tion, or wben tbey are associated with the lord of that particular

Kendlll or Kona Bhava they are occupying. Tbey ptove also

155

beneficial when tbey associate with the lords of any Kndra or

Kona Bhava. WIlen the lord of the 9th owns the 8tb or 12th 15

well, or i f the Ionl of the 9th and 10th in the above poaitionwere to "sssociale with tbe lords of the SIb or the 12th. thea.

tJae merit of the Yap is destroyed. 1be 8th BhaVI is known as

die bo.. . of Iongevily.

lit t I ~ a ~ j \ t M q ~ " " , , ' q r ( l I M r ~ ~ 1 I

• < " R l I 5 ~ q r "lllIll'l'l.IllR "qr<il*qqrql

I \ I r " r l l l l ~ , q 'II II ~ \ I IISloka-84. The 8th Shay. counted from the SIb bouse also

denolet longevity, the 12th place reckoned from each of tbese,

i.e ., the 2nd and the 7th £rom Ascendant are the MIl1lU bonys.

The planet occupying the 2nd house from its lord is • malefic.During tbe Dasa of sucb a malefic planet or in tbe Dlsa of tbe

planet owning the 12th bouse i t s e ~ r will the native suffer the

grealest crisis of his life.

~ . t > \ " ( ~ '" ...~ ~ : q r q r ~ 1 " ~ H I 1 ! T { ~ 5 l i I ' 11'<:;1 " " ( I ~ \ I ( A : I

r.at\lmll ~ i I 1 'l'1t 'Ii<!1I. ~ r t q l t ~ \tIfflfurli \ I ~ ' - " ' i ~ a ' 'lifl. ~ ~ I I

Sloka-8S. Of all the planets Saturn alone bas the power to

kill tbe native, even in tbe Bbukti of a benefic or in his own

Bhukti during tbe Dasas of malefics, provided he is associated

with the lord of the 8th or the 12th boW)C or is a.ssocialcd with

a Manka (death inflicting planet). All planelS sbow in their

own Bhuktis effects whicb are natural to them or to those plan-.

cIS with which they are associated.

< I r : : ~ I ~ ; U ' l l I i t ' i I l ~ ! ! , , ~ .~ ! ~ o i l ~ < ! ! I ' ' 1 1 r : : ~ " 'Ii,ilt'lll'l!!nq oil I

( I ~ t , ~ : 'll" It 'll,j , , ~ ' l t l ! i i r i ~ a t ' " " ' ~ ' 1 ( l ! ! ",,)rrl!! ''It>l<ll II II

156

S l o k a ~ 8 6 . The resulls of the Bhukties of other planets who

may be inimical to the Dasa lords, will have to be computed ae·

cording to the nature of those planets (Bhukti-Iords). Even inthe Dasa of the lord of a Kana the Bhukti of the lord of a

Kendra need not be auspicious; but it will be auspicious when

the said lord of the Kendra has Sambandha with the henefics.

But in the Bhukti of a Maraka planet the result will have to be

assessed from the planet or planets with whom he is associated.

if;!;: 'Il'I""'" a i ~ " q R l ! 1 1 ~ '" 6'l!'lIal~ q U " ' ' ' ' ' ' S;(fqfq q I t i\ipw: 1!I1!1i11 I

11'0'\ t i ' t T ' l > i ' ! ~ : 'l!1!'l>'!'\ I!l1at a q : @ f i ; ~ 6 * . i ~ 1 t T a ' \ ~ { l ~ U ~ 1 i j _ ' I I ~ I ; j I , \ W{. 11':19 II

Sloka-17.1be Bbukti of a malefic planet may prove aus

picious due to his Sambandha with the aforesaid planet Beinggood equally both the Yogakarakas and the planets associated

with them give good effects in their Dasas and Bbuktis. A

Yogakaraka planet will have tbe strength of doing good in his

Dasa and during the Bhulcti or anotber planet, though tbe later

may not be having any Sambandha with il. Rahu and Ketu prove

auspicious in their Bhulctis during the Dasas or benefies when

tbey conjoin with such planets.

m '" tQIlf{aI11'4"ill 'IlfiI;l't:

q l q l ~ 1 ~ ! i ! ! i\tTl'a: " ' ~ a ~ ! ! ~ S ' 4 . " F < l q l q

(fl\ l J 1 f 1 ~ Q i! f . \ ( : < 4 ~ I · q l 1 ' d ' \ 1 1 I ~ 1 1 I ~ ~ 1 1 Sloka·" . When Rahu and Ketu are associated with a bene-

fie but be hemmed betwixt two inimicals, tben tbe Bhukti of tbe .

malefies that are not associated with either of tbem "(Rahu or ""

Ketu) will give auspicious results. Should tbe benefic conjoin

with Rabu or Ketu be a Yogakaraka, his Bbukti will give mixed

results. When not associated with, tbe result will be very inju.rious. When Rahu or Ketu be a Malaka, then be will cause the

demise of the native in the Bhukti of the benefic planet in ques·

157

lion or in thai or his own (in the DasaMBbllktj of these two mu

tually).

~ " q , f ; j ~ 1 ~ ' I I W I &q\<llllll: Q •

flrq: 'lIQlta1 a(I ..l I l t ~ ~ 1 1 q ~ ' $ ~ a C : I " < i l I I " ~ 1 6i! 8 l I i { 1 ~ a'iOQ($a ~ s q

Sloka-8'. During Saturn's Dasa and his own Bhukti Sat

urn gives the effects of MaB and during the Bhukti of Mars hegives his own effects. It is like wise in Kuja 's Dasa as well.Should the lord of the lagna and thai of Chandra Lagna were to

exchange places, they will bestow Rajayoga on the native.

Rajayoga will also arise when the lords of the 9tb and 10th

intercbange places or Ire associated with. For tbe benefit of

students, I shall now deal with. after a thorougb investigation,

the effcccs of tbe sevenl Lagnas and the planets' relationshipwith tbem..

'1M) ~ ~ ~ 'I!>ft '" lJ'litiPl: v;ft",,1 ' R ~ 'II'1<'i '" !Jil l .. ~ ~ f . N . t ~ Q I " 1I4\1(Q: I

('d10 qre: qtlll;!: $ ~ f i I ; t It ililp<11.0 ~ 1 . I < t $ l d ' l , 31W'(1 { ~ \ d 1 l i\oll

Sloka·,O.For natives born in tbe Mesba Lagna Mercuryis malefic. Botb Jupiter and the Sun become auspicious if they

are associated with each other, 1be association of Jupiter and

Saturn is good (being lord of the 9th). Jupiter's asssociationwith other planets is inimical. Venus is a Manka (being owner

of the 2nd and 7th). Saturn and the remaining planets are in nosuch position, however malefic they may be. Jupiter, Venusand tbe Moon prove malefia whereas lbe Sun and Saturn become

, benefia for the people born under Vrisbabha Lagna.

1 1 ~ n ~ t l ~ , ~ : \ \ I ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ < I I " , ~ .Mi

~ ! { ' l " , III{'$I ~ ~ I f ! ! i l · " , i m l ,

1j'I,,: ' ( . t . I ~ , , ~ ~ ~ ' i " I ; i ~ ' i ! .11

158

Sloka-91. Saturn alone is capable of doing good to the

native (being owner of the 9tb and 10th). Jupiter and remainingplanets even if they prove Mlrabs wiu not be able to till,

when they are alone.

For the natives born in Mithuna Lagna Mars, Jupiter andSUD are inimical. Their association with the rest will result inwhat has already been stated. The Moon alone can not bringabout the deatb, when the rest can do so.

Venus and Mercury are evil, while Mars and Jupiter aregood (or people born in Karkata Lagna.

\ { ~ Wr.i ",08", ..

it<m !lllqlil<r " 1.\.(1_1"5'" l « f ~ 1 . l " ~ 1~ I f : 51'i11Rwil!i.:il_ 6\"'I(Q:

ffim: ,5\... 'IIql: w I t ~ : Ii\" I

Sloka-92. Mars by himself causes Yoga . The Sun doesnot become a killer (by owning the 2nd). The rest if they have

that CUndion/do it. These are the results of the planets for the

natives born in Karkata Lagna .

Mercury and Venus are benefies. Equally auspicious are

Mars and Jupiter. The association of Jupiter with Venus is not

at all beneficial. Mercury and others cause death. These are the

effects for the natives born with the Simha Lagna in their birth

charts.

Mars, Jupiter and the Moon are Asubha; Venus alone is

Subha.

'lr",,\ ~ . a .. ~ ' f " " ' ~ c:ar li\oil ~ i I l ~ ~ l ~ ~ i ~ '11'11: ~ f . \ l i t ;..rr 1

VJ:: lI'l'*' gftii\ U " " I ~ I " ! I l \ T If''tIfT till o I \ ~ . ~ 1 I i ! c:ar i l , , , , , · q ~ : 11\ II

159

Sloka-9J. Venus and the Moon are tbe Yoga Kanb p l a n ~ elS and more so wilen lbey conjoin, Venus is a MalaU and 001

the olbers. Tbese are the results for lbe people born ia Kanya '

Lagna. Jupiter, the SUD and Mars are malerics. Saturn ar¥l Merauy

are auspicious. 100 Moon in association with ber SOD, Mercury, causes Rajayoga. Mars proves a maraka. Jupiter and theSUD do not inflict death. People born in Tula Lagna experience

these effects.

iii l i i qv? J WI:

!l.>iI"-ililW ~ ~ q ' U ~ .tFiI " R l "'''I( I

!i\"IIQII q R ' ~ 1 " f ~ ~ ~ ' l i ! l l \ <l;q" I

r i l ~ " ~ S W T .. ~ { r >1'\qlWl;;ri 'R'I( 11'1,\/11

Sloka-94. Mercury, Mars and Venus-these three give

A'Iubba phala. The Moon is the only auspicious planet. 1beSun and the Moon give very good effects and equaUy so is theirconjunction. Jupiter alone will not become a Maran; when-n ,

Mercury and otbers, when they operate as Marakas will cause

the demise of the man concerned. 1bese are the fruits for the

native born in Vrischika Lagna. Venus remains tbe lone planetwoo is malevolent; whereas, the SUR and Mars are 'lM'5t IUspi-

cious.nJU q l \ ' l i { ~ ~ M q " t \ ' l " l IW

1 1 ; ~ ""'11"1 ill1ff{I1.nt'n: ! i \ 1 > ~ IIIIN: I

, ~ ; \ !l""'''t " . 1 ~ 1 'l<'!'Ul: ~ ~ ) I i ~ ~ ~ : I \ ~ I

Sloka-95. The conjunclion of the Sun and Mercury is pro

ductive of good Yoga. Mercury becomes a Maraka. Venus and

(be rest are not so. These are the results when a birth takes

place under Dhanus Lagna.

Mars, Jupiter and the Moon are inimical, while Venus and

Mercury are benetics. Saturn by himself does nol kiU. Mars

and others may do so. Venus is the Yogakarka. 1be:se are theresults experienced by natives born in Makara L a p .

,

160

~ " ' Q ; n ~ ' I i ~ : "!-Ii: l l . ~ t i t ;f ! I ~ ( f . < t ~ " i . ~ I ' i ! IiRI I

'R : 5 J ! 1 i ' 1 i ~ : !!.1 ~ ~ ' l , 'Il'I11f(hi'l ! ! ~ : '"'" ;rt ;f toil f . \ ~ " ~ f . ! t ! 1 ~ RrOO dm"1 i II

Sloka-96 . Jupiter, the Moon and Mars are malefics; Venus

is aU:<ipicious. The rombination of Mercury ~ n d Ma rs cause

good Yoga. Jupiter docs not kill. Mars. the SUII and the rest

become Marakas. 1nese effccts are felt by people born in Kumbha

Lagna. Salum and Venus who is known as Kavi. are auspi

cious. Mars and the Moon are Asubha . The association of Ju

piter and Mars will cause Rajayoga. Mercury kills; but not

Mars. Saturn and the rest, if they prove Marakas, cause death.

o;;i ~ I f : 'lii'5If.1 ~ " " m l f < ~ ! ' ! l ~ < T . u 1 l ( ' ' 1 ~ d : f { l l { ' 1 ~ 'Iii? q)",,1!. I

i " ' ~ r r . , .." , , { f q i l : l ; I ~ > 1 ! 1 ' ! 1 a ~ o q ,'{ ~ l l f o { ik'lH\.ill!! I : ; ~ l ! ! ~ 1 ; f ' f f i ' 1 'l"1i l ; I ~ l / i t "1"1111 ' I 11\1911

Sloka-97. The aforesaid effects belong to tbe births in

Meena Lagna. The benefic or malefic results of any planet

should be arrived at through a study of the nature of the planetand planets who are associated with the planet in question and

.also of the position occupied by the planet. Planets when . tbey

prove auspicious grant the native: issue, wife, happiness to

falber, gain and other meritorious incidents during their Dasas

pertaining to those Bhavas and in their Bhuktis under other

planets .

go",,>iI<'{ ",/it iJf>l>il1!"Il ~ . f g ' < l q l i , ..,) " ' ~ I R t ;f .,)s/it <mt;fIRt ' - " " ~ , .

"'{, ... II ~ . , ' Q I .. /it it""" {-'It «Cttf;f(dl oil", I : ; ~ " " " a 1\ ct..: II

Sloka.9S,1'he wise and good, even after they have stud·ied and understood this science well, say: who bas understood

161

Ihis sc ience? No onc. Should there be any, he is the only man,and he keeps it for himself. It is well known that even asses,

dOg1 and tbe like are born under similar Yogas, and they also

are subjected to the effects of these Yogas, during the respective Oasas of planets responsible for Ihese Yogas. II may be

remembered that these yagas are also influenced by other forces.

'""''Ii ' I ~ <!rlli\liI lli1'1 i A; I I I { ~ ' I i '1111

'If>:; II;;:: (''Im'ltl'l,q!! ~ ; f t ~ ~ : I

~ i ( ;ll 'IR \laq ~ 3 i \ ~ " r t f . ; l i \ u:;mit 'Ir.; \ l a q ' : ; m ! l ~ ; ' 'l.ffl f . l f ; , ~ < I . II .... II

Sloku-99. Should there be malefics occupying their highest exaltation coupled wilh the duty as markas, the evil caused

by them will be incalculable. Saturn bestows upon the native agood amounl of wcallh and prosperity when he occupies the

ugna indcnlical wilh MeeDa, Tula or Dhallus. If under theaforesaid conditions, the 7th Kendra is not occupied or aspeCled by Jupiter or Mercury, the man concerned wi ll be no,less a king. Inspite of it death should be proununced in the Dasaand Bhukti of the lord of the 7th house.

Note: !tthasi denotes Meena _

Cr. Seandho. . "If;jirli(Q) ~ I ; \ \ ~ , q ~ , ~ f e f u ' l f i l ISaturn is sa id to be capable of bestowing royalty when oc

cupy ing Thla, Dhanus or Meena Ascendent charts.Also BJ . XX - 9.

<lIII'flftll" !J" 'mila <r«<ait I!IF'lflt:•a r r g " ~ ~ ' ! i t 'If>:; q""<A f ; r ~ : I

" l o i I ~ l l l ~ 'Il!i\' { f . I ~ ' t t i l i ~ ~ " l " I ~ f l I ~ { < ' i l i l i i { l ~ ; i < t ~ 1 ~ ' 1 1 { , l i to 0 \I

Slokll-IOO. Should Jupiter be in the 7th from the Lagna;

and Venus in the 7th hom Jupite r; or if Jupiter were to ocupy

the 8th Bhava counted from the lord of the 8th and also be in the

12t h from a malefic, the native will live o nly for 30 years.Should Satum be in the 8th reckoned from the lord of the 9th



162

and be also occupying an odd Navamsa the native will not be

continuously prosperous. When the same planet be similarly

situated with respect to the lord of tbe 4th, he will be deprived

of his vehicles.

~ 9 1 ! f . . a ~ ~ f i l i l i i l s ' l ' l l ~ I ; n q f l l t r ~ d " ' ~ f d ~ q l ~ i ,,'\Iml .1

~ ' I l ! ' f ' I 1 ' I ~ fl!''''l1QIRRIla a . fa

?II ; f t , , ~ a S \ ! i t ;mftci . n ~ " ~ l : ' l f u : 11 t. tilSloka-tO). When tbe Moon is associated with Venus and

tbe lord of the bouse occupied by the two planets be in a Kendra

or Kana, the man concerned will throughout his life command

good vehicles and be prosperous. When the . lo rd of the 8th

bouse counted from the 3rrl be occupying the 3rd, 6th, 7th,

11th or the 1st, loss of his brothers should be g':lessed. Shouldthe 8tb house be occupied by a planet in his fall. and j f it is nol

associated with or aspected by Jupiter. the native will die shortly.

~ ~ Q l l i i l f ; \ ~ ~ s R { ' l f u l l l r q l ~ q i e ..{"na " ~ i ! a " , " 1I1'QoqQ ~ ~ ~ I

'!gqottei{" I ' ( " " ' R;n l i ~ a m ! l " l « l ( ~ l i ' a 'I{m, ~ f ~ f ~ N a : I I ~ . ~ 1 1 Sloka-102. Should the lord of the 8th Bhava counted from

the 9th be aspceted by the Moon, the native will be short lived.

I f Venus be associated with Rabu, there will be decline in the

native's prosperity in the period commencing with Ketu's. WhenVenus OOtupies the 6th or the &b in association with Utka and

other comets, a fall in the longevity is signified. This may take

place when tbe planet owning a movable sign goes to its own

Bhava (from a dual one in its transit) .

Note: Comet Ulka is supposed 10 be very injurious and his

place in the Zodiac is in the 10th Naksbatra from the one occu-pied by the Sun. ,



R ' _Il .. , , , . , r ; ~ o i l o o . * , $lIm

i ( : ' l I i j i 1 ' i f i ' l 1 l 1 r ~ u a c t U'ft: I

~ ~ ! I . ' i j ~ ( ' l l Fi aa,.m.ll,:

163

? J . ~ ~ . s i R r "'zt 'if iI,t(vga M ~ · l n SIoka--I03. The liCe of a native should be predicted long.

medium a t sbort depending upon tbe lords of the L a p and tbe

8th bouse occupying (3) fixed and dual Rasis (b) movable and

fixed Rasis and (c) movable and dual Rasis, respectively. In

tbe same way when both the lords occupy (1) movable, (2) dual

and (3) fixed signs respectively. the aforesaid rule should be

applied to know the longevity of tbe n{'live.

Mars when occupies a Rasi belonging to Venus or vice-versa,

a Kulla is ushered in to the world.

•

lit. VII

uttarakalamrita - kalidasa

Documents